TOWNPAGESNET COM PLC
20-F, 2000-04-19
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING RATE FUND II INC, SC TO-I, 2000-04-19
Next: SILKNET SOFTWARE INC, 15-12G, 2000-04-19



<PAGE>   1

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------

                                   FORM 20-F

(MARK ONE)
[ ]   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                       OR
[X]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                       OR
[ ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-14957

                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

                               ENGLAND AND WALES
                (JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)

                                11 MARKET SQUARE
                                ALTON, HAMPSHIRE
                        ENGLAND GU34 1HD UNITED KINGDOM
                    (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
             TITLE OF EACH CLASS                            ON WHICH REGISTERED
             -------------------                           ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>
ORDINARY SHARES, NOMINAL VALUE L0.01p PER                 AMERICAN STOCK EXCHANGE
  SHARE,
  REPRESENTED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
  EVIDENCED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
</TABLE>

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: NONE
SECURITIES FOR WHICH THERE IS A REPORTING OBLIGATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d)
OF THE ACT:  NONE

     Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes
of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual
report:

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
  ORDINARY SHARES, NOMINAL VALUE L0.01p PER                      9,583,936
                    SHARE,
</TABLE>

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  [X]  No  [ ]

     Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has
elected to follow.  [ ] Item 17  [X] Item 18

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2

                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 20-F
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
PART I......................................................    3
  Item 1.  Description of Business..........................    3
     Overview...............................................    3
     Town Pages UK Limited..................................    3
       Growth Strategy and Business Model...................    5
       Products and Services................................    7
       Recent Developments..................................   10
       Strategic Relationships..............................   12
       Planned United Kingdom Roll-Out of TownPages.........   13
       Sales and Marketing..................................   13
       Operations and Infrastructure........................   14
       Competition..........................................   16
       Intellectual Property................................   18
     WWW.CO.UK Limited......................................   20
     Morbria Limited........................................   22
     Buyersguide Limited....................................   25
     Research Sales, Inc. (d/b/a Rasmussen Research) .......   27
     Government Regulation..................................   30
     Insurance..............................................   31
     Employees..............................................   31
     Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking
      Statements............................................   31
     Risk Factors...........................................   32
  Item 2.  Description of Property..........................   42
  Item 3.  Legal Proceedings................................   43
  Item 4.  Control of Registrant............................   43
  Item 5.  Nature of Trading Market.........................   44
     Market Information.....................................   44
     Dividend Information...................................   44
     Registrar, Transfer Agent and Depositary...............   44
  Item 6.  Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting
           Security Holders.................................   44
  Item 7.  Taxation.........................................   45
     Taxation of Dividends..................................   45
     Taxation of Capital Gains..............................   46
     Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations......   47
     United Kingtom Inheritance Tax.........................   47
     United States Gift and Estate Taxes....................   48
     United Kingdom Stamp Duty ("SD") and Stamp Duty Reserve
      Tax ("SDRT")..........................................   48
     Backup Withholding and Information Reporting...........   48
  Item 8.  Selected Financial Data..........................   50
</TABLE>

                                        1
<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
  Item 9.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
           Condition and Results of Operations..............   51
     Overview...............................................   51
     Results of Operations..................................   52
     Revenues...............................................   53
     Cost of Revenues.......................................   53
     Operating Expenses.....................................   54
     Revenues...............................................   55
     Costs of Revenues......................................   56
     Operating Expenses.....................................   56
     Liquidity and Capital Resources........................   57
     Effects of the Euro....................................   58
  Item 9A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about
            Market Risk.....................................   58
  Item 10.  Directors and Officers of the Registrant........   59
     Executive Officers and Directors.......................   59
     Background Information Concerning Executive Officers
      and Directors.........................................   59
     Background Information Concerning Certain Key
      Employees.............................................   61
  Item 11.  Compensation of Directors and Officers..........   62
     Compensation of Directors for Attendance at Meetings...   62
     Directors' Interests...................................   62
     Executive Compensation.................................   62
     Employment Agreements..................................   62
  Item 12.  Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant
            or Subsidiaries.................................   63
  Item 13.  Interest of Management in Certain
            Transactions....................................   63
PART II.....................................................   64
  Item 14.  Description of Securities to be Registered......   64
PART III....................................................   64
  Item 15.  Defaults Upon Senior Securities.................   64
  Item 16.  Changes in Securities and Changes in Security
            for Registered Securities and Use of Proceeds...   64
PART IV.....................................................   65
  Item 17.  Financial Statements............................   65
  Item 18.  Financial Statements............................   65
  Item 19.  Financial Statements and Exhibits...............   65
Signatures..................................................
</TABLE>

                                        2
<PAGE>   4

Solely for your convenience, certain US dollar amounts in this Report have been
translated from pounds sterling at the December 31, 1999 noon buying rate in New
York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York of L1.00 = $1.6150.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.

OVERVIEW

     We are the holding company of the following subsidiaries: Town Pages UK
Limited (formerly known as Town Pages Limited), WWW.CO.UK Limited, Morbria
Limited, Buyersguide Limited (formerly known as Bowden Publishing), and Research
Sales, Inc. (d/b/a Rasmussen Research).

     We were incorporated in England and Wales on July 31, 1998 under the name
Town Pages Holdings plc. We acquired all of the share capital of Town Pages UK
Limited on December 15, 1998. Our name was changed to TownPagesNet.com plc in
April 1999. Town Pages UK Limited was incorporated on November 5, 1995. All
references to operations and financial condition for all fiscal periods prior to
December 15, 1998 are to the operations and financial condition of Town Pages UK
Limited.

     Our primary subsidiary, Town Pages UK Limited, provides new media related
services to both consumers and businesses. Its business is divided into four
segments: the TownPages information service which provides comprehensive,
up-to-date, locally-focused information about specified towns and cities in the
United Kingdom; the Town Pages touch-screen kiosks; Web Channels and Web site
design services; and business-to-business new media services.

     Since our initial public offering on May 5, 1999, we have completed four
acquisitions of companies we believe present significant opportunities in
addition to offering technologies and/or expertise complementary to our
business. The first three acquisitions were of UK companies. The fourth company
acquired is a US company.

     In July 1999, we completed the acquisition of the WWW.CO.UK Limited group
of companies. The WWW.CO.UK Limited companies provide cinema-related services
from Web site design through indoor cinema advertising. The acquisition
strengthened our sales personnel resources and also provided local community
content for our TownPages information service. This was followed in September by
the acquisition of Morbria Limited and its subsidiaries. Morbria and its
subsidiaries provide Web site design, advertising, marketing and communications
services. The Morbria acquisition had the effect of doubling our Web site design
personnel.

     In October 1999, we acquired Buyersguide Limited, an Internet-based
business-to-government company. The following month, we acquired Research Sales,
Inc. Research Sales is a polling and market research company. Our kiosks and Web
site provide additional opportunities for data collection for the Research
Sales, Inc. Portrait of America Web site. We also intend to develop a Portrait
of the UK Web site with Research Sales that would in turn provide additional
content for our TownPages information service.

TOWN PAGES UK LIMITED

     Town Pages UK Limited is the primary subsidiary through which we conduct
our business of providing new media related services to both consumers and
businesses. The business of TownPages UK Limited has four inter-related
segments: the TownPages information service, touch-screen kiosks, Web
channels/Web design services and business-to-business new media services.

     We had intended to roll out approximately 3,450 free-to-use public
information kiosks throughout the United Kingdom by striking partnerships with
UK local governments or councils to offer their communities a number of free
kiosks with free Internet access. We expected that UK government initiatives as
well as anticipated strong growth in demand for Internet access to facilitate
e-commerce would cause local

                                        3
<PAGE>   5

governments in the United Kingdom to cooperate with our expansion plans. Our
business plan contemplated that our main revenue stream would be generated
through local advertising via the kiosks, and that once the roll-out program
reached critical mass, the local advertising would be largely replaced by more
lucrative national advertising contracts.

     We have decided to change the business strategy of Town Pages UK Limited
because we are disappointed with the reception of our kiosk roll-out program. We
believe that the slower than expected development of e-commerce in the United
Kingdom, coupled with the introduction of free Internet service providers such
as Freeserve and Altavista, have diminished the pressure on local governments to
cooperate with our plans, thereby delaying our roll-out program. Consequently,
we do not expect that sales revenues from our kiosks will meet our targets.

     In view of these conditions, as well as the increased prospect of
competition from other companies with the passage of time, we have revised our
approach to the roll-out of kiosks in terms of both the manner in which we
assess the numbers of kiosks to be installed in any given area and in the
targeting of suitable locations. We will focus on targeting cities and larger
towns at this time because we believe that there is more receptivity to kiosks
in those locales. In addition, we will install additional kiosks only where we
believe that there are easily identifiable revenue opportunities which will
support the costs of installing and maintaining the kiosks. In this connection,
we will seek agreements with businesses, principally national businesses, to
share the cost of installing and maintaining kiosks in return for co-branding
the kiosks. These steps will limit the number of kiosks that will be installed
in the foreseeable future to several hundred kiosks.

     We continue to be committed to the TownPages concept, however, and believe
that a recent upturn in commercial and government interest in kiosks eventually
will improve the climate for a broader roll-out of our kiosks. In the meantime,
we intend to concentrate on expanding the revenue opportunities that we believe
are available through TownPages's information service, our Web channels/Web
design services, and our business-to-business new media services.

THE TOWNPAGES INFORMATION SERVICE.  Town Pages UK Limited produces and delivers
TownPages, an Internet-based interactive service designed to provide
comprehensive, up-to-date locally-focused information about specified towns and
cities in the United Kingdom. The service is accessible through standard
Internet connections to the TownPages Web site at www.townpages.co.uk, and
through our free-to-use touch-screen public information point kiosks.

     As users spend more time on the Web, our management believes they are
increasingly seeking information about local events, places of interest,
shopping, and other information regarding the communities where they spend most
of their time and money. Our management believes that many businesses, in turn,
are seeking cost-effective means to target advertising and direct marketing
efforts based on demographic characteristics, specific interests, and geographic
locations.

     TownPages provides comprehensive, up-to-date information about covered
localities in a graphically pleasing format. Consumers can readily access
TownPages to make targeted searches of all of the content on the TownPages site.
TownPages users can obtain comprehensive, locally-focused information about
governmental departments and services, tourist attractions, hotels, restaurants,
shopping, real estate listings, employment opportunities, arts and entertainment
events, community activities, recreation, businesses, professional services, and
local news, sports and weather. Interactive services currently include Message
Boards, free email and virtual postcards.

     TOWNPAGES KIOSKS.  The kiosks are a useful means of disseminating the
TownPages service that sets us apart from many other current United Kingdom
providers of Internet-based community information services. Our kiosks are
free-to-use. We believe our kiosks constitute one of the most advanced
Web-based, Wide Area Networks in the UK.

     To enhance the TownPages brand and establish a leading market position, we
have installed and plan to install our touch-screen public information point
kiosks at strategic locations in designated cities and large towns throughout
the United Kingdom where visitors are likely to desire information about local
services or

                                        4
<PAGE>   6

events, such as airports, supermarkets, shopping centers, bus and railroad
stations, colleges, libraries, and tourist information centers.

     Each kiosk offers users the same access to TownPages information and
services as is available through standard Internet connections. However, a kiosk
user is restricted to the TownPages information service and associated permitted
Web sites including those of our business and government customers and,
therefore, will not be able to freely "surf" the Web in public places.

     We began offering the TownPages service on a commercial basis in June 1998,
after installing seven touch-screen kiosks in Winchester, England in late May
1998. As of February 29, 2000, 87 TownPages touch-screen kiosks were installed
and operating in various locations throughout the United Kingdom. By the end of
July 2000, we plan to install approximately 200 additional free-of-charge kiosks
in key towns and cities in the United Kingdom, and across two of the UK's main
railway networks.

     Town Pages UK Limited has entered agreements with the local authorities of
a number of key cities for the installation of kiosks. These cities include
Edinburgh, the capital of Scotland (50 kiosks); Belfast, the capital of Northern
Ireland (30 kiosks); Southampton, a large city in England (18 kiosks); and
several major London Boroughs/ Councils (minimum 28 kiosks).

     Town Pages UK Limited has also entered an agreement with one UK rail
company -- Connex South Central (approximated 30 kiosks) and received a letter
of intent from Virgin Rail (approximated 12 kiosks), to make our free-access
locally-focused information service available across the UK's railway network,
from Southern England to Scotland. These agreements represent the first of a new
type of arrangement for our kiosks with commercial third parties which we are
now aggressively pursuing, providing us a high-profile base from which to market
our services.

     We intend to develop ticketing facilities for the kiosks to provide the
opportunity for additional revenue streams; and credit card readers, to
facilitate greater transactional capabilities. In addition, we aim to offer
consultancy services to interested, not-competitive organizations and to explore
alternative uses for kiosks including the incorporation of new technologies,
such as wireless data transmission facilities.

     WEB CHANNELS/WEB SITE DESIGN SERVICES.  Town Pages UK Limited services
include an integrated business-to-business Web channel development program on a
contract basis, enabling larger businesses to enter the e-commerce marketplace
and, where applicable, to have a vertical channel exclusively on our TownPages
service. We intend to enter e-commerce revenue sharing and joint venture
arrangements with vertical channels.

     Town Pages UK Limited has signed contracts for 24 national e-commerce
vertical web channels as of December 31, 1999, with a combined contract value of
approximately L13.25 million ($21.4 million), compared to four contracts as of
December 31, 1998 with a combined contract value of approximately L2.85 million
($4.6 million).

     BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS NEW MEDIA SERVICES.  TownPages UK Limited
business-to-business segment also includes a Web site solution operation,
providing front-end and back-end solutions, particularly for medium to large
businesses. Web site solutions range from the design and implementation of a
simple Web site presence for businesses, through to back-end solutions, allowing
businesses to integrate their off-line business processes with their online
processes. High profile Web sites designed by TownPages during 1999 include
www.lec.co.uk (Lec Refrigeration), www.windsor-horse-trials.co.uk (Windsor Horse
Trials) and www.powercords.co.uk (IDC Plugs). TownPages won 5th place in the PC
Format Top Ten Web sites awards in February 1999 for the design of the IDC Plugs
site. PC Format is one of the UK's leading new media monthly publications.

GROWTH STRATEGY AND BUSINESS MODEL

     Town Pages UK Limited operates the TownPages information service. We aim to
develop the TownPages information service into the United Kingdom's premier
branded provider of information, and interactive and e-commerce services on the
Internet and other new media platforms. We plan to generate revenues through
commissions charged to businesses for facilitating consumer e-commerce
transactions,

                                        5
<PAGE>   7

through advertising, sponsorship and other similar activities. Our
business-to-business services will also continue to generate revenues through
the provision of Web site solutions and other offerings. We further intend to:

     - EXPAND OUR STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS WITH INFORMATION PROVIDERS. We intend
       to continue to seek additional content, further establish and strengthen
       the TownPages brand, and achieve improved access to, and increased
       traffic on, the TownPages information service, through alliances with
       other information providers and the development of end-user applications.

     - CONTINUE TO BUILD STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS WITH OTHER BUSINESSES. We will
       continue to build and seek additional strategic and other relationships
       with local and national businesses to increase revenues, add content,
       generate additional traffic, and validate and strengthen the TownPages
       brand.

     - CONTINUALLY ENHANCE TOWNPAGES' FUNCTIONALITY AND PERFORMANCE. We intend
       to continually upgrade our software and systems and user interfaces to
       take advantage of developing Internet and emerging information technology
       delivery capabilities. Our objective is to anticipate customers' needs
       and provide fast, effective services in an attractive, easy-to-use
       format.

     - CONTINUALLY SEEK ADDITIONAL MEANS FOR PROVIDING ACCESS TO AND
       DISSEMINATING THE TOWNPAGES INFORMATION SERVICE. Town Pages UK Limited is
       continually investigating additional platforms through which to make its
       online interactive service available to the public, including mobile
       phones and digital television channels, among others.

     - ROLL OUT THE TOWNPAGES KIOSK SERVICE. We intend to roll out the TownPages
       touch-screen kiosk service in key cities across the United Kingdom,
       covering the four major metropolitan centers in the United Kingdom within
       the next 12 months. We may also explore opportunities in other
       appropriate markets in Europe and elsewhere in the future. We currently
       have 87 kiosks in place in locations across the UK, including leading
       supermarket chains, railway stations and other key venues.

     - BENEFIT FROM THE EXCLUSIVE INFORMATION SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS WE HAVE
       STRUCK WITH LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND COMMERCIAL "PARTNERS" IN THE UNITED
       KINGDOM AND TO STRIKE PAID-FOR KIOSK ARRANGEMENTS WITH SIMILAR "PARTNERS"
       IN THE FUTURE. We intend to fulfill agreements for the free-of-charge
       provision of touch-screen kiosks which Town Pages UK Limited has entered
       into to date, but to limit the total free-of-charge installation of
       TownPages kiosks to approximately 400. We further intend that all newly
       negotiated kiosk installation agreements will be based on a "break-even"
       basis or better to include the recovery of annual running and maintenance
       costs incurred by the kiosks. A limited number of exceptions may be made
       for kiosk locations which have an inherent prestige or public relations
       value. We intend to continue to pursue revenue-generating kiosk deals of
       this nature with commercial third parties, but do not intend to actively
       seek to enter into further arrangements with local government
       authorities, unless they too have inherent revenue generating potential.

     - EXPLOIT OUR TECHNICAL AND CREATIVE EXPERIENCE THROUGH CONSULTANCY.  Town
       Pages UK Limited has considerable technical and creative expertise in
       kiosk networking, kiosk interface and content provision, and the
       development of Web sites for third parties. We intend to utilize our
       considerable knowledge offering our expertise on a consultancy basis
       including providing electronic and mobile commerce consultancy services.

     - PURSUE ADDITIONAL REVENUE-GENERATING ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING EXPANDED FOCUS
       ON E-COMMERCE.  We plan to expand our revenue sources as opportunities
       present themselves to use the TownPages information service as a platform
       for taking advantage of commercial opportunities on the Internet and
       other new media.

     - DEVELOP ADDITIONAL BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS SERVICES.  We intend to provide
       comprehensive new media solutions for small, medium and large businesses
       in the UK. Businesses will be able to select the specific level and type
       of solution they require, from design through to system integration and
       hosting. This expanded range of services is likely to afford us a range
       of opportunities for cross-selling and upselling services to client
       accounts.

                                        6
<PAGE>   8

     - DEVELOP A DATA CENTER.  Town Pages UK Limited is nearing completion of a
       new data center to host our Web site. We plan to invest L1.5-L2 million
       in the development of the data center. This additional infrastructure
       will enable Town Pages to operate a large number of its own and third
       party Web sites.

     - DEVELOPMENT OF NEW MEDIA PLATFORMS.  We have gained significant
       experience in the identification, assessment, utilization and deployment
       of advanced technologies. It is our intention to maintain this position
       and develop commercial applications for third parties.

     - DIGITAL TV AND THE NATIONAL CHANNELS.  A number of the national channels
       are targeted at the consumer market, which makes Digital TV a prime
       platform for their dissemination. We aim to ensure that any relevant
       national channel is displayed through this medium, as it proves itself as
       a mass media platform in the UK.

     - ESTABLISH WIRELESS DATA TRANSMISSION TECHNOLOGY TRIALS.  We believe that
       wireless transmission technology (not limited to mobile phones) will play
       a major part in future data communication. It is our intention to begin
       trials of this new technology within the next year.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

  The TownPages Information Service

     The TownPages home page is the first page viewed by users of our Web site
(www.townpages.co.uk) and kiosks. Our Web site offers users locally-focused
information on UK towns and cities, as well as national (UK-wide) channels
covering subjects such as government, travel, recruitment and property. Other
sections accessible from the home page include our free e-mail service, kids
pages, TV listings, a virtual postcards service, a site index and a corporate
news section. The look and feel of our site has been designed to be easy to use,
both for users accessing TownPages via standard connections to the Internet and
for those using our touch-screen public information point kiosks.

     Local information services.  The "Go Local" section of our Web site allows
users to select a particular town or city destination. The TownPages home page
for that town or city or the nearest covered community then appears on screen.
These town and city home pages are the primary point of entry to all of the
TownPages information services pertaining to the user's chosen "destination".
Once the user has reached the home page of their chosen "destination", they are
offered a number of options which give them access to further information about
that locality. The amount of information offered under these options varies from
locality to locality, but typically includes a history of the area, community
information, jobs, a message board, tourism information, leisure information,
news and real estate listings. The "local home page" also announces various
community events, such as art exhibitions, special events and performances.
These sections usually offer a combination of content generated by Town Pages
and links through to sites which provide comprehensive information and services,
using an interactive, graphical user interface.

     Examples of the type of information typically found under some of our key
categories are:

     - LEISURE:  Local leisure options, organized alphabetically within the
       following categories: "Food and Drink", "Sports", "Arts" and
       "Entertainments".
     - PROPERTY:  Real estate listings.
     - COMMUNITY:  Information concerning various local services and community
       organizations; information concerning local medical services (under
       "Health"); local educational institutions, from pre-school through to
       post-graduate (under "Education"); information on community
       organizations, club, hobby and special interest groups (under
       "Societies"); and information concerning governmental officials,
       departments and services (under "Councils").
     - TOURISM:  Local "History", "Maps", "Hotels" and "Places of Interest".
     - JOBS:  Employment listings.
     - KIOSK INFORMATION:  Information on the TownPages touch-screen public
       information point kiosks nearest to the user.
     - KID'S PAGES:  Games and other fun activities.

                                        7
<PAGE>   9

  National information services.  The "Go National" section of our Web site
currently includes the following sections (among many others):

     - Cars
     - Government
     - Property
     - Recruitment
     - Travel
     - Entertainment
     - Message Boards
     - Rail Timetables
     - Sports
     - Weather

     These sections typically provide links through to a series of Web sites
researched and approved by Town Pages which offer information relating to the
category title.

  Business-to-Business New Media Services

     Town Pages UK Limited offers a complete Web site development service for
businesses, including the provision of front-end and back-end solutions for
small, medium and large businesses. Web site solutions range from the design and
implementation of a simple templated Web site presence for businesses, through
to full bespoke back-end solutions, allowing businesses to fully integrate their
off-line business processes with their online processes.

     Town Pages also offers other business-to-business new media services, such
as Web site hosting, Web site domain name registration, the submission of Web
sites to search engines and e-commerce and consultancy services. Town Pages
intends to expand its consultancy offering during the course of 2000.

  Differentiated Presence on the Web For Local and Regional Businesses and
Organizations

     We create and maintain Web sites on the TownPages information service for
businesses, governmental agencies, and other commercial third parties. TownPages
aggregates the Web sites in our locally-focused, comprehensive town and city
guide environment. By aggregating a customer's Web site with those of numerous
other businesses in a comprehensive branded local town and city guide, TownPages
provides topical and geographic context to a customer's Web presence in an
effort to help generate significant Internet traffic. Our management believes
that TownPages offers clients the opportunity to reach and interact with
targeted audiences in a cost-effective manner.

     Where applicable, we list certain basic contact information for businesses,
local governments and other commercial third parties. However, we also offer
subscribers integrated solutions, for a fee, to establish attractive,
customized, multi-page Web sites including design, layout, photography, posting
of updated information, hosting and maintenance. Businesses and organizations
purchasing our Web site solutions are able to provide a targeted audience
up-to-date information about their products and services, including photographs,
prices, store location, schedules of live entertainment, specials or sales and
other relevant information.

  Expansion into E-Commerce and Other Services from the TownPages Platform

     We plan to offer electronic commerce functionality and other innovative
features to allow businesses to better serve consumers through the Internet and
our touch-screen public information point kiosks. Services that we intend to
seek to offer in the future include online purchase and payment for goods and
services, online ticketing, reservations, sales events notifications, electronic
coupons, newsletters and other transactions. These types of services will offer
us the opportunity to further attract both consumers and businesses to our sites
and to derive revenues through increased fees from businesses for additional
services and potentially from online product sales.

                                        8
<PAGE>   10

     The following table summarizes our products and services, and prices as of
April 11, 2000 (excluding VAT). All prices are approximate and are subject to
change, and design charges may vary.

BANNERS -- graphical advertising banners with links to advertiser's content.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 SERVICE                          AREA OF SITE               COST
                 -------                          ------------               ----
<S>                                        <C>                         <C>
TIER 1 -- TOP LEVEL SECTION
  Banner -- top of page (468x60 pixels)    Introduction Page           L1,000 per month
                                           Home Page
                                           Specific Channel Home Page
  Banner -- bottom of page (468x60                                     L600 per month
     pixels)
  Banner -- Side of page (290x60 pixels)                               L200 per month
TIER 2 -- REGIONAL SECTION
  Banner -- top of page (468x60 pixels)    Regional Home Page          L600 per month
                                           Town Home Page
  Banner -- bottom of page (468x60                                     L400 per month
     pixels)
  Banner -- Side of page (290x60 pixels)                               L200 per month
</TABLE>

WEB SITE DESIGN & PROGRAMMING COSTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          SERVICE                                       COST
                          -------                                       ----
<S>                                                           <C>
SIMPLE WEB SITE DESIGN -- HTML HIERARCHICAL OR TEMPLATED
  Initial Home Page                                           L250
  Additional Pages                                            L100 per page
SMALL-MEDIUM SIZE BESPOKE WEB SITES -- PROGRAMMED/E-COMMERCE
  ELEMENTS
  Consultancy                                                 L1,000 per person per day
  Programming/Database Development                            L750 per person per day
  Design                                                      L500 per person per day
</TABLE>

WEB SITE/DATABASE HOSTING PRICES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          SERVICE                                         COST
                          -------                                         ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Simple Web site Hosting (Up to 10 Megabyte storage, Up to     L100 per annum
  1.5 Gigabytes per Calendar Month Bandwidth Usage) on a
  single server (No failover)
Additional to above to provide failover server to give full   L40 per annum
  resilience
Additional Web site space                                     L10 per 10 Megabyte per annum
Additional Database space                                     L30 per 10 Megabyte per annum
Bandwidth Usage in excess of 1.5 Gigabyte per calendar month  L80 per 1 Gigabyte per month
  per Gigabyte
Data Driven Web site (Intelligent web site based on a         L400 per annum
  database)
  Per DataBase Table
</TABLE>

                                        9
<PAGE>   11

WEB SITE FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         SERVICE                            INITIAL SETUP     PER ANNUM
                         -------                            -------------     ---------
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>
E-COMMERCE
  Payment Processing, Shopping Trolley, Storefront, etc.        L5000       L2,000
  Shopping Mall -- per mini-storefront, additional to                       L300 per store
     above
  Business Card facility (non e-Commerce enabled)              L3,000       L600
  Customer Auction Facility                                    L3,000       L600
MISCELLANEOUS
  Customer Gift List                                           L3,000       L600
  Customer Feedback                                              L500       L100
  Content Personalisation                                      L5,000       L1,000
  Customer Feedback                                              L300       L100
  Weather Forecast Service                                     L2,000       L500
  Message Board & Discussion Forms                             L1,000       L200
  News Ticker                                                    L600       L100
  Electronic Postcard Service                                  L1,000       L200
</TABLE>

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

  Revised Business Strategy of Town Pages UK Limited

     As previously noted, we have revised our approach to the roll-out of kiosks
in terms of both the manner in which we assess the numbers of kiosks to be
installed in any given area and in the targeting of suitable locations. We
intend to fulfill agreements to install free-of-charge kiosks entered into to
date, but to limit the total amount of kiosks installed free-of-charge to
approximately 400 kiosks. Future kiosk installation will be based upon reaching
agreements with national businesses, which agreements would provide for the
sharing of installation and maintenance costs related to the kiosks. A limited
number of exceptions may be made for kiosk locations which have an inherent
prestige or public relations value. We do not intend to enter into further
arrangements with local governments or councils unless there is revenue
generating potential.

     As a result of this change in Town Pages UK Limited strategy, we plan on
renegotiating our contract with NCR Limited for the purchase of kiosks. The NCR
contract provides for a penalty in the event we do not fulfill our complete
order of kiosks. We may be assessed a penalty of up to (pounds sterling) 600,000
($969,000) depending upon the total amount of kiosks we purchase.

  Resignation of our Chief Executive Officer; Replacement

     In April 2000, Stephen A. Hall, our Chief Executive Officer, resigned from
office. Mr. Hall has been replaced by Robert Bradshaw as Interim Chief Executive
Officer.

  Acquisition of WWW.CO.UK Limited

     On July 19, 1999, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding
capital stock of each of WWW.CO.UK Limited, Summerfields Publishing Limited,
Feature Boards Ltd. and the Platinum Club Limited, all companies under common
control and all English corporations. In exchange for the shares of those
companies, we paid HCC Holdings Limited, a Bahamian corporation, (pounds
sterling) 1.5 million (approximately $2.4 million) in cash and issued 488,281 of
our ordinary shares to HCC. In addition, we agreed to pay HCC earn-out payments
of up to L250,000 (approximately $400,000) in the event certain fiscal 1999 and
2000 goals are met by the acquired companies. In connection with the
acquisition, we granted HCC certain rights to register the 488,281 ordinary
shares issued to HCC under the United States Securities Act of 1933. We have not
yet filed a registration statement registering those shares, and as a result, we
have paid HCC (pounds sterling) 225,000 ($363,000) in the form of a loan which
is to be repaid to us upon the registration of such shares.

                                       10
<PAGE>   12

     Under the terms of the purchase agreement, at such time as the acquired
companies receive an aggregate of L1,275,000 in revenues from two franchise
agreements with Stateliner Limited and Hyde & Partners, we agreed to extend HCC
Holdings a 4% non-recourse loan in the amount of L1,275,000 ($2,059,000). This
loan is to be repaid out of proceeds received by HCC Holdings upon the sale of
our ordinary shares.

  Acquisition of Morbria Limited

     On September 24, 1999, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the capital
stock of Morbria Limited, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, The Graphic Palette
Company (Manchester) Limited, and Review Marketing and Advertising Limited, and
the 75%-owned subsidiary of Review Marketing, Centrix Communications Limited,
all English corporations.

     The shares were acquired from Glen UK Holdings Limited, an English
corporation, and Robert Paul Dillon. Glen UK Holdings Limited, the majority
stockholder of Morbria, is an investment company owned by Kevin R. Leech, the
majority stockholder and a director of TownPagesNet.com plc.

     In consideration for the shares in Morbria, we delivered to the sellers an
aggregate of 857,972 of our ordinary shares, valued at L3,379,888 (approximately
$5,500,000). The calculation of the number of our shares issued was based on a
price of $6.50 per share, representing a 20% discount of the closing price per
share of our American Depositary Shares or ADSs on the American Stock Exchange
on September 23, 1999. The share value was discounted due to the fact that the
shares issued are restricted and the sellers were not granted registration
rights with respect to such shares. In connection with the acquisition, we also
repaid a loan in the amount of approximately L1,700,000 ($2,746,000) on behalf
of Morbria.

     In addition, we agreed to pay to the sellers a contingent consideration
within 90 days after the end of each of Morbria's fiscal years ending March 31,
2000 and March 31, 2001, in the event that the aggregate turnover or sales
revenues of Morbria and its subsidiaries equals or exceeds certain specified
targets in each of fiscal 2000 and 2001. The sellers will be paid L930,000 for
the year ending March 2000 and the amount the turnover exceeds the target of
L3,160,000 multiplied by 1.77 for the year ending March 2001. The contingent
consideration is payable in our ordinary shares based on a price of $6.50 per
share.

  Acquisition of Buyersguide Limited

     On October 1, 1999, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the capital
stock of Buyersguide Limited (formerly known as Bowden Publishing), an English
corporation. The shares were acquired from the founders of the Buyersguide, Lucy
Bowden and John Bowden. The purchase price for the shares was L2,500,000
(approximately $4,038,000), which was paid by delivering to the sellers an
aggregate of 486,381 of our ordinary shares, valued at $8.60 per share based on
the average of the closing price per share of our American Depositary Shares on
the American Stock Exchange on the five business days prior to the closing date
of the acquisition.

     In addition, we agreed to pay to the sellers a contingent consideration
within 90 days after the end of Buyersguide's fiscal year ending March 31, 2000,
in the event the Buyersguide's pre-tax income equals or exceeds certain
specified targets in fiscal 2000. The acquisition agreement provides that the
sellers will be paid ten times the amount pre-tax income exceeds the target of
L250,000. The contingent consideration is payable in our ordinary shares based
on a price of $8.60 per share.

     As part of the transaction, we agreed to file a registration statement on
Form F-1 or other applicable form of registration statement to register under
the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, an aggregate of 97,276 of
our ordinary shares issued to the sellers at closing. The value of the shares to
be registered is equal to L500,000 based on the closing date price. The sellers
agreed not to sell or transfer the remaining 389,105 ordinary shares and any
shares received as contingent consideration for a period of 12 months from the
closing date of the acquisition.

                                       11
<PAGE>   13

  Acquisition of Research Sales, Inc.

     On November 1, 1999, we completed the merger of our newly-formed,
wholly-owned subsidiary, Rasmussen Acquisition Corp., a Washington corporation,
with and into Research Sales, Inc., a Washington corporation. In exchange for
the shares of Research Sales, Inc., we issued an aggregate of 551,302 of our
ordinary shares to the stockholders of Research Sales, Inc. We also agreed to
grant certain of the employees of Research Sales, Inc. options to purchase
55,000 ordinary shares exercisable at $10.00 per share for 5 years, which
options have not yet been issued. In addition, through December 31, 1999 we have
made approximately L464,000 (approximately $750,000) of working capital loans to
Research Sales, Inc.

STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS

     Town Pages UK Limited developed, and intend to continue to seek to develop,
strategic relationships with information providers, service organizations and
businesses to generate additional traffic on TownPages, obtain additional local
content, and establish a strong branded local presence in each covered community
throughout the United Kingdom.

  Television and Radio

     We seek to develop our relationships with and enter into co-promotion
agreements with local television and radio stations. These arrangements are
likely to generally offer content sharing and co-promotion opportunities. We
expect that we will either (a) assist any television or radio station with which
it enters such an agreement to develop a multimedia Web site within TownPages,
or (b) will incorporate that station's Web site into TownPages, while our
strategic partner will offer promotion and a recognized brand within the market.
We have already achieved on-air promotion from both television and radio
stations. In particular, we have achieved extensive coverage on the Meridian TV
station, which broadcasts to Hampshire, where the company is based, and
surrounding areas in February and March 2000. The first round of coverage on
Meridian related to the Town Pages kiosk service, while the second round of
coverage focused on our relationship with certain UK Government departments. In
connection with the Winchester launch, we purchased a small number of radio
spots, which ran for approximately two weeks, to advertise TownPages on two FM
channels which cover Hampshire county, and particularly Winchester. We are
likely to continue to purchase paid advertising in connection with product
launches.

  Local Business Organizations

     We have entered into relationships with local and regional business groups
in order to obtain additional local content, facilitate introductions to local
businesses, and associate the TownPages brand with organizations having a
well-known, respected presence in the local communities. For example, we are a
member of the Winchester and the Southampton and Fareham Chambers of Commerce,
and various industry and other smaller local chambers of commerce and other
organizations. We intend to expand our relationships with local organizations
across England as we roll out the Town Pages business-to-consumer and
business-to-business services.

  Local and Regional Governments

     The local governments in the United Kingdom are called "councils." The
smallest councils cover parishes. Larger councils cover towns or cities, and the
largest ones cover regions. There are approximately 470 local and regional
councils in the United Kingdom, excluding smaller town councils and parish
councils. The councils are quite powerful, and have a significant and pervasive
influence in local business communities. In part, this is due to the fact that
the councils covering towns, cities, and regions exercise at the local level
many powers and perform many functions which are assigned separately to state
and city governments in the United States.

     In connection with the national roll-out of TownPages in the United
Kingdom, we have negotiated arrangements with councils throughout the United
Kingdom. As of March 24, 2000, we have entered into agreements with 35 councils,
for initial terms of between one and three years, to incorporate locally-focused
                                       12
<PAGE>   14

information available through them into the TownPages information service,
usually to the exclusion of any other commercial, locally-focused Internet
information service. Under the terms of these contracts, we have installed 52 of
the 87 total kiosks installed as of February 29, 2000 and we plan on installing
30 additional kiosks in these communities.

     Going forward, we intend to pursue agreements with third parties to install
kiosks where we can generate revenue. We do not intend to seek to enter into
further arrangements with councils unless they have revenue generating
potential.

  Relationships with Businesses with Strong Regional and National Brands

     Approximately 211 businesses placed orders for Web site solutions with Town
Pages UK Limited during the year ended December 31, 1999. We are seeking to
expand our client base of organizations that wish to implement coordinated new
media strategies and engage our electronic and mobile commerce consultancy
services. Our management believes that support of the TownPages service by those
companies will provide access to additional content and Web site traffic, and
further strengthen and validate the TownPages brand.

     As of February 29, 2000, 70 of the total 87 TownPages kiosks installed were
located in facilities operated by businesses such as Sainsbury's and Tesco, the
largest and second largest food retailers in the United Kingdom, South West
Trains, the operator of rail services throughout southwest England, Royal
Hampshire County Hospital, and The Brooks Shopping Centre.

     We intend to continue to develop strategic and other relationships with
local and national businesses to increase revenues, add content, generate
additional traffic, and validate and strengthen the TownPages brand.

PLANNED UNITED KINGDOM ROLL-OUT OF TOWNPAGES

     The roll-out plan is designed to:

     - Introduce TownPages into the major population centers in the United
       Kingdom -- London, Manchester, Birmingham and Glasgow -- first, and then
       spread across the United Kingdom. We plan for TownPages to penetrate four
       major metropolitan markets in the United Kingdom by the end of 2000.

     - Achieve penetration of broadly separated geographic markets from the
       outset to support the "national" marketing strategy.

     - Benefit from developing brand awareness as TownPages coverage expands
       incrementally in and around each of the initially targeted markets.

SALES AND MARKETING

     Our marketing goal is two-fold: to position TownPages as the United
Kingdom's premier branded free-to-use and paid-advertising, locally-focused
information provider on the Internet; and to position TownPages as the market
leader in the provision of Internet-related business-to-business services.

  Marketing the TownPages Information Service

     Our management believes that the techniques used to educate users and
customers in Winchester and Alton and establish the TownPages brand in those
communities can be adapted to allow the development of an effective strategy in
other markets of varying maturity. During our operations to date, and our
commercial roll-out of TownPages in Winchester in the third and fourth quarters
of 1998, our consumer advertising focused on local and regional newspapers,
publications, radio stations, buses, movie theatre film trailers and on-line
advertising. Our main emphasis, however, has been on seeking coverage in the
local, regional and national press, on radio stations and on television, through
our public relations activities. Indeed, we have achieved and continue to
achieve extensive coverage through these media.

                                       13
<PAGE>   15

     Our management generally intends for the service launch in a particular
community to be a high-profile event designed to arouse business and user
interest in, and awareness of, the TownPages service. For example, in
Winchester, the kick-off advertising campaign in late May 1998 commenced with a
parade through the streets of Winchester and associated handing out of
promotional items and leafleting. Leaflet drops in local newspapers and at kiosk
sites, demonstrations at kiosk locations, press releases and film trailer
advertising in local movie theaters followed, together with a full advertising
campaign on buses, radio and through directional posters.

  Marketing TownPages' Business Services

     The related business-oriented launch in Winchester was an event at a local
hotel presided over by the local Member of Parliament and attended by local
businessmen and community figures. A direct mail campaign aimed at business
customers, with follow-up telesales calls, followed. Press releases and
advertisements in the local press were also designed to encourage businesses to
advertise on the TownPages service. A second advertising campaign in Winchester
commenced in mid-September 1998. To reach business customers, we conducted
direct mailings, engaged in a two-week radio campaign, and placed advertising on
local buses.

     We have since conducted targeted business-to-business direct marketing
campaigns in the majority of areas where we have launched our information
kiosks, including Bracknell, Breckland, Bury St. Edmunds, East Renfrewshire,
Kettering, London Borough of Lambeth, Mid Sussex, Rother, South Norfolk,
Tandridge and Test Valley. These direct marketing campaigns have varied in
nature from one location to another, as we have tested and assessed different
methods to encourage businesses to use our services. In general, however, these
campaigns have consisted of mail-outs with telesales follow-up within 48 hours
of the mailers being received. The core purpose of the telesales has been to
qualify leads and book date and time appointments for our field sales force. The
vast majority of our sales forces appointments have been booked in this way.

     We have an ongoing public relations programme to secure coverage in key
business publications and other media to heighten awareness of the TownPages
business services. This programme includes the issuing and sell-in of targeted
press releases, seeking speaker and exhibition opportunities at relevant trade
forums and close liaison with Chambers of Commerce and other key business
organizations.

  Future Marketing Plans

     We expect the expansion of our locally-focused service to require extensive
local advertisement campaigns, together with a high-profile national branding
campaign.

     We intend to expand our regional and national advertising in line with the
planned national roll-out of the TownPages service in the United Kingdom, and to
increasingly emphasize radio and poster advertising.

     In relation to the promotion of our business services, we shall need to
continue to market our Web site solution offering. We are likely to continue to
do this primarily through targeted direct marketing (mailing and telesales), but
also envisage using other types of advertising, such as online advertising and
radio.

     TownPages is planning to launch a series of new business services, such as
e-commerce and database integration with back-end systems. We envisage launching
these products using public relations, online advertising, targeted direct
marketing and potentially advertising in trade publications.

OPERATIONS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

     TownPages UK Limited has no manufacturing capacity and only limited
equipment maintenance capabilities. Consequently, we rely upon third parties for
our equipment, including our kiosks, and for their installation, repair, and
maintenance. On August 13, 1999, we entered into an agreement with NCR Limited,
under which NCR was to manufacture, supply and maintain 3,500 kiosks. In
connection with the change in strategy of Town Pages UK Limited from installing
free-of-charge kiosks, we plan on renegotiating the terms of our contract with
NCR Limited for the installation of kiosks. We may have to pay a penalty under
the NCR contract if we do not fulfill the complete order of kiosks provided
under that agreement.
                                       14
<PAGE>   16

     We have entered into an agreement with Planet Edge Ltd. to build, equip and
facilities manage our twin data centers in Planet Edge's separate buildings in
Yate, near Bristol, UK. This was done to take advantage of Planet Edge's
existing Internet infrastructure and their technical expertise in building and
hosting complex Web sites comprising multiple servers. The necessity to provide
ultra reliable connectivity to the kiosk WAN (Wide Area Network) could only be
satisfied by our building and equipping our own data centers.

  Data Centers

     In conjunction with Planet Edge Ltd., we have designed and built twin data
centers in Yate, near Bristol, UK, to provide resilient ultra reliable hosting
of the TownPages information service, a secure e-commerce facility, third party
Web site hosting, the Mailtown free email facility, and the connectivity hub for
the kiosk WAN (Wide Area Network).

     The twin data centers are each equipped with backup generators,
uninterruptible power supplies (UPS), halon gas fire fighting facilities, secure
server rooms and leased line connectivity to the Internet protected by
firewalls. The two data centers are 400 yards apart, and are inter-connected by
means of a Megastream 100 Megabit Lan Extension connection. A Frame Relay
connects them each separately to our offices in Alton.

     Within each data center are housed a mixture of Sun Alpha and Dell Intel
servers, running Solaris, Linux and Windows NT. There are separate servers in
each data center for the TownPages Information Service Webserver (Apache), the
Cold Fusion Server, Oracle 8i Enterprise Database servers, the Mailtown free
email servers, and a number of third party Web site servers, according to size
and quantity of third party sites hosted. It is also intended to host secure
servers and e-commerce servers when this facility is complete. Further
functionality is also planned requiring additional servers in the future. The
Oracle Enterprise servers utilize Oracle's Multi Master replication capability
to ensure synchronization of all Oracle Database Servers. All other servers with
longer data latency are synchronized manually using staging servers located
locally, or across the Frame Relay in Alton.

     While both data centers are functioning normally, an Alteon load-balancing
switch ensures that all requests for data from the Web are shared equally
between the two data centers, and also equally between the twin mirrored servers
within each data center. The full resilience model relies on twin-mirrored
servers for each key function -- one in each data center. There are no fail-over
servers as such, rather if either data center fails, or a single server in
either data center fails, the full service continues at 50% capacity using
respectively the other data center in its entirety, or the single remaining
server in the other data center to serve both data centers.

     Also located within each data center are the kiosk network servers,
comprising Cisco AS5300 Access Servers, Radius Authentication Servers and Kiosk
Proxy Servers. The kiosks connect in equal quantities in the first instance to
each data center, and are answered by the Kiosk Access Servers. On connection,
they authenticate (login/password) which gives them access to the TownPages
information service, and the Mailtown free email Server. On attempting to access
the Web, the kiosks are restricted to a "walled garden", by means of a packet
filtering proxy server. This holds an inclusive permissive list, listing all Web
sites to which kiosk access is allowed. When the kiosk user attempts to access
an unapproved site, they get an explanatory message instead.

     Kiosk localization is also handled within the data center. Each kiosk has a
unique IP address within the Virtual Private Network. This allows each kiosk's
location to be known, and the TownPages information service Webserver then
determines which is the appropriate local information to deliver to each kiosk.

     For network management across the entire data center, the CastleRock system
provides full time automatic monitoring to the Network Development team at our
offices in Alton. For fault reporting across the data centers, and across the
entire kiosk network, it is intended to use Heat software.

  TownPages Information Service

     The TownPages information service is entirely database driven, comprising a
Java front end to an Oracle database, templated information and links for all
the UK towns covered by the TownPages information
                                       15
<PAGE>   17

service. We intend to re-design and rebuild the TownPages information service,
at which time the back-end infrastructure will be converted from Java to Cold
Fusion, still backed by the Oracle 8i Enterprise database.

  Kiosk Infrastructure

     We believe we have one of the most complex and sophisticated Wide Area
Kiosk Network in the United Kingdom. Further development of the Kiosk Network
Monitoring system is planned to retain our lead in this arena.

     For our kiosk hardware, a key requirement was conformity, so that every
kiosk is identical. In this way, hard disks can be replicated in large
quantities, and allowing simple kiosk replacement. There is no unique data or
configuration settings on any kiosk.

     NCR supplies a well engineered and reliable kiosk, onto which we load our
own proprietory software build, based on Windows NT, pcAnywhere remote control
and monitoring software, NCR's KAL based Kiosk NT Platform software, and
Netshift Kiosk Software. We are currently evaluating alternatives to a number of
these. Considerable kiosk development and field testing has taken place, which
now enable us to build and configure a very stable kiosk.

     Kiosks connect to the data centers using ISDN at 64Kbits. The remaining
Data Channel is utilized to monitor the kiosk. ISDN is the first choice for
initial installation. Where a location proves popular, it is our intention to
replace the ISDN connection by Frame Relay.

  Web Site Design and Hosting

     Any functionality required for third party Web sites is implemented in a
combination of Cold Fusion and Oracle. E-commerce requirements will be
implemented using the Intershop4 e-commerce software and systems.

     We provide an extremely resilient hosting facility. A number of third Party
Web sites are hosted, either on a single webserver, or on the full high
resilience model of twin mirrored webservers, one in each data center. These
webservers are in general Dell Intel Servers running Linux and Apache. There is
a single Windows NT server with IIS and Cold Fusion in each data center for
hosting Web sites dependent on Microsoft proprietary software. Third party Web
sites with complex functionality, or subject to heavy traffic, will be hosted on
dedicated servers. Simpler or less visited Web sites can share webservers, with
up to 200 such Web sites hosted on a single simple Intel based Server running
LinuxApache.

  E-commerce

     We have recently purchased Intershop4 licenses and software to provide a
large range of e-commerce functionality necessary to implement any size of
e-commerce Web site, both third party, and for inclusion in the TownPages
information service.

     It is also intended to acquire our own Internet Merchant Account. In
combination with Secure Servers and e-commerce Servers in our own secure data
center, this will enable us to become a Payment Solution Provider for any of our
third party Web site clients requiring such a service.

COMPETITION

     The markets for locally-focused, Internet-based, interactive information
and advertising content, for business-to-business new media services (Web site
solutions, e-commerce, database development, systems integration and similar)
and related services are highly competitive, particularly in markets in which
Internet use is more established and commercialization is more advanced.
Barriers to entry are relatively low. Our competitors include Internet-based
services and traditional media. We are also faced with increasing

                                       16
<PAGE>   18

competition in the provision of kiosks, although most of these are pay-to-use
kiosks. Our main competitors can be roughly divided into the following
categories:

     - Providers of online information services

     - Providers of kiosks and kiosk services

     - Providers of Internet-related business-to-business services

  Providers of online information services.

     Potential Internet-based competitors include companies and services
organized specifically to provide locally-focused interactive content and
services, such as CitySearch, a service of TicketMaster Online-CitySearch, Inc.,
Digital City, a service of Digital City, Inc., a company wholly owned by America
Online Inc. and Tribune Company, Zip2, a service operated by Zip2 Corporation,
and Around Town, a service operated by WebTV Networks, Inc., which is owned by
Microsoft Corporation. Other services, such as GeoCities (offered in conjunction
with Yahoo!), TheGlobe.com, and Xoom, sponsor communities of personal Web sites,
thereby creating audiences for advertisers which may be topically or
geographically segregated. We also compete against search engines and other site
aggregation services, such as America Online, City.Net, which is offered by
Excite, Inc., Lycos City Guide, offered by Lycos, Inc., and Yahoo! Local,
offered by Yahoo! Inc., which primarily serve to aggregate links to sites
providing local content. With the exception of America Online and Yahoo!, none
of these companies is offering significant content focused on locally-focused
information and advertisements aimed at towns and cities in the United Kingdom.
GeoCities has opened an office in London, England and CitySearch is now offered
in some locations, such as in New York City, through touch-screen kiosks. The UK
Yahoo! site offers links to sites providing local content and the America Online
Local Life section provides detailed information on UK communities.

     An increasing number of UK-based portals are also entering the market,
including among others Freeserve, operated by Dixons (a major UK consumer
electronics retailer), WH Smith Online, operated by WH Smith (a major UK chain
of newsagents/booksellers), LineOne, provided by SISL (Springboard Internet
Services Limited) and Bun, provided by News International Digital Publishing
Limited. With the exception of Bun, these portals do not currently provide
detailed local information. They are, however, potential future competitors. The
Local section of Bun offers links through to third party sites which provide
local information on the UK. Other competitors include ThomWeb, owned by Thomson
Directories Ltd., an Internet site enabling users to access and search the
Thomson Directories database by name, classification or heading. ThomWeb
benefits from the well-established brand name of Thomson Directories, reinforced
by regular household door drops of free printed Thomson directories. ThomWeb
carries extensive "Yellow Pages"-type business listings and the service includes
a "Local Information" section providing basic information on towns and cities in
the United Kingdom. Yell, another United Kingdom service, was launched in
January 1996 by Yellow Pages, a division of British Telecommunications plc,
featuring a United Kingdom online classified directory. Users can search
approximately 1.6 million businesses by type, name or location. Yell is
primarily a "Yellow Pages"-type business listings service, with some maps and
links to Web sites of listed businesses. CountyWeb is a service offering certain
business listings and advertisements, local and national news, weather
information, and a "life-style" section featuring property, cars, jobs, leisure,
world links, sports, travel, television, radio and video. Information is
organized geographically by county for England, Scotland and Wales and by towns
and cities in certain areas. Scoot is a service which provides classified and
corporate information by telephone and the Internet. It permits searches to
locate businesses by business type, company name, and area/town. Scoot also
offers a movie guide and a product guide for the following categories: books,
business to business, charity, computers & games, electrical goods, fashion,
food & drink, health & beauty, home & garden, kids stuff, law & finance,
motoring, music & events, sport & fitness, travel, and video. Scoot also offers
Web site design services. TimeOut.com is an on-line city guide which aims to
cover the world's largest cities. Each city guide features ten main sections:
Living Guide, Accommodation, Sightseeing, Essential Information, Entertainment,
Eating and Drinking, Shopping, Kids, Gay and Lesbian, and Web links. Another
competitor, Up My Street, offers limited local information on localities across
the UK, including information on property prices, schooling facilities, council
facilities and local politics. It also

                                       17
<PAGE>   19

provides a link to the Thomson Local service, operated by Thomson Directories
Ltd. Wcities.com is a local information Web site covering key cities in several
European and other countries. UK cities currently covered include London,
Belfast, Birmingham, Cardiff, Edinburgh, Glasgow and Manchester. Wcities also
plans to cover at least the following additional UK cities: Aberdeen, Bath,
Bristol, Derry/Londonderry, Inverness, Leeds, Liverpool and Newcastle-Upon-Tyne.
There are also numerous niche competitors that may focus on specific service
categories or geographic regions competing against services provided by
TownPages. Online services such as Monster, for example, which specialize in job
management, professional, and technical job listings; and Internet Property
Finder, which specializes in real estate listings, are active in the United
Kingdom. To management's knowledge, none of the foregoing United Kingdom-based
services, currently operates a kiosk-based local information service.

  Providers of kiosks and kiosk services

     The BT Touchpoint kiosk service, which was tested via the installation and
operation of approximately 200 interactive touch-screen kiosks in and around
London, has been withdrawn. BT has announced that it plans to roll out their
next generation of Multimedia payphones which will offer multimedia applications
combined with a standard payphone. Adshel, part of the More Group, an outdoor
advertising company, is working in conjunction with Cityspace to provide "I+"
touch-screen kiosks to local authorities in the UK in exchange for outdoor
advertising rights. Among other information, the I+ kiosks offer ticketing
services, public transport information, jobs and council information. Coynet
also operates a kiosk service. Users must pay to access the Internet at large,
but are able to browse selected information free of charge, including limited
local information and a free e-mail service. Other pay-to-use kiosk services are
becoming available in the UK as the public awareness and commercial perception
of the Internet and kiosk-related information services increases.

  Providers of Internet-related business-to-business services

     There are a considerable number of Web site solution and Internet-based
technology companies operating in the UK and the number is increasing. One
example is Razorfish which has several offices in the US and Europe and is a
major provider of strategic, creative, online and technology solutions to
businesses. Agency.com, founded in 1995 and part of the Omnicom Group, employs
over 1,000 people across five countries, including the UK. They offer business
solutions including channel management, community building & management, content
creation, content management, customer service, digital channels, e-business,
fulfillment, internal communications, knowledge management, loyalty/relationship
marketing, media, multi-local development (localization), online/offline
branding and outsourcing. Tagish, an agency specializing in the provision of
Internet application solutions to UK local government, offers services relating
to the application of Internet, intranet, groupware, e-commerce and teleshopping
technologies for European, central and local government, and the private sector.
Tagish also provides Web site design solutions, including VRML design services.
Tagish claims to have been "involved" with more than 11% of all UK local
government Web sites.

     A number of portals and other Web sites also offer Web site solution
services, including templated Web site solutions. Examples include Scoot, which
offer bespoke and templated Web site design solutions and Freecom.net, which
offers templated solutions only.

     We may also compete against various other online services and Web site
operators, as well as traditional media services, including television, radio
and print, for a share of advertisers' total budgets. Some companies have
introduced, or are expected to introduce in the future, online services which
mainly act as an adjunct to their primary traditional media information delivery
system.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     Our success and ability to compete depends in part on the protection of our
original content for the Internet and on the goodwill associated with our
trademarks, trade names, service marks and other proprietary rights. We rely on
copyright laws to protect the original content that we develop for the Internet.
In addition,

                                       18
<PAGE>   20

we rely on trademark laws to provide additional protection for the appearance of
our Web site. A substantial amount of uncertainty exists concerning the
application of copyright laws to the Internet, and there can be no assurance
that existing laws will provide adequate protection for our original content. In
addition, because copyright laws do not prohibit independent development of
similar content, there can be no assurance that copyright laws will provide any
competitive advantage to us.

     We have registered "TownPages," "Town Pages," and "Town-Pages" as
trademarks in the United Kingdom. We also assert common law protection on
certain names and marks that we have used in connection with our business
activities.

     Our management may explore opportunities in other markets in Europe and
elsewhere from time to time. If we pursue any opportunities in those markets, we
may incur additional risks because some foreign jurisdictions offer less
protection for intellectual property than jurisdictions like the United Kingdom,
where we currently do business, or the United States.

     Town Pages UK Limited has registered the following Internet domain names
with the InterNIC registration service:

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>               <C>
townpagesnet.com  townpagesplc.com  townpagesuk.com
townpages.co.uk   townpagesus.com   townpageseu.com
townpages.org
</TABLE>

     However, other companies have registered domain names that may be
confusingly similar to our domain name with the result that our business,
operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by
the operations of those other companies. For example, Omnisys Corporation owns
and operates a Web site at www.townpages.com through which it hosts and provides
links to Web sites for various Internet Service Providers and content providers,
as well as related services. Cape Coral, Florida, Fort Myers, Florida, Amarillo,
Texas, and San Antonio, Texas, are the four communities currently served by Web
sites through this service, which is called Community Web Pages. To our
management's knowledge, this service is not currently being utilized to compete
with us in the United Kingdom or Europe. Alton.Org, the registered owner of
www.townpages.net, owns a Web site which is intended to provide various
information concerning Alton, England and surrounding villages. Alton was the
site for our initial prototype testing. Locally-focused information concerning
Epsom and Ewell, small communities in England, is provided at a Web site at
www.epsom.townpage.co.uk. That Web site was created by Internetworks Ltd., which
states on the site that it is an Internet service company that can provide a
"TownPage" for any other town which engages its services. This site is now
linked to TownPages.

     We will rely on trade secret and copyright laws to protect the proprietary
technologies that we may develop to manage and improve our Web site and
advertising services, but there can be no assurance that those laws will provide
us with sufficient protection, that others will not develop technologies that
are similar or superior to ours, or that third parties will not copy or
otherwise obtain and use our technologies without authorization. We have no
patents or patent applications filed or pending.

     In addition, we rely on certain technology licensed from third parties, and
may be required to license additional technology in the future, for use in
managing our Web site and providing related services to users and advertising
customers. There can be no assurance that these third party technology licenses
will be available or will continue to be available to us on acceptable
commercial terms or at all. The inability to enter into and maintain any of
these technology licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and operating results.

     Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary technology and other
intellectual property rights could entail significant expense and could be
difficult or impossible, particularly given the global nature of the Internet
and the fact that the laws of other countries may afford us little or no
effective protection of our intellectual property. In addition, there can be no
assurance that third parties will not bring claims of copyright or trademark
infringement against us or claim that our use of certain technologies violates a
patent. We anticipate an increase in patent infringement claims involving
Internet -- related technologies as the number

                                       19
<PAGE>   21

of products and competitors in this market grows and as related patents are
issued. Further, there can be no assurance that third parties will not claim
that we have misappropriated their creative ideas or formats or otherwise
infringed upon their proprietary rights in connection with our Internet content.
Any claims of infringement, with or without merit, could be time consuming to
defend, result in costly litigation, divert management attention, require us to
enter into costly royalty or licensing arrangements or prevent us from using
important technologies or methods, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

WWW.CO.UK LIMITED

     On July 19, 1999, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of each
of WWW.CO.UK Limited, Feature Boards Ltd., The Platinum Club Ltd., and
Summerfields Publishing Limited, all companies under common control and all
English corporations. WWW.CO.UK Limited was incorporated on December 2, 1997.
The Platinum Club Ltd. was incorporated on September 15, 1993. Feature Boards
Ltd. was incorporated on January 26, 1996 and is currently a dormant company.
Summerfields Publishing Ltd. was incorporated on July 6, 1994. Summerfields owns
a 10% interest in UK PropertyChannel.com Ltd., a company which specializes in
assisting consumers to find and buy properties online. All of these
subsidiaries, with the exception of UK PropertyChannel.com Ltd., provide
cinema-related services, from Web site design through indoor cinema advertising.

     The movie theatre industry is constantly evolving. It includes small
operators and large chains. The small operators are usually based in areas of
low population density, while the large multiplex chains tend to be in areas of
dense population. The UK theatre market is relatively fragmented, composed to a
much greater extent of single site operators.

     Summerfields Publishing Ltd., enters into arrangements with movie theatres,
whereby it produces film quarterly or bi-monthly preview booklets for individual
cinemas and small chains of cinemas free of charge. Summerfields has agreements
with approximately 85% of independent UK theatre operators. The preview booklets
allow patrons of the theatres to learn of forthcoming films for the next three
months and general theatre information, free of charge. Summerfields sells
advertising space in the preview booklets to local businesses, with a minimum of
a two-year duration period. Summerfields Publishing targets the small theatre
chains, as the multiplex theatres expect a larger number of brochures to be
produced, resulting in higher print bills.

     Summerfields Publishing recently acquired a 10% holding in UK
PropertyChannel.com Ltd., which has in turn acquired the rights to produce and
maintain Web sites for over 1,300 real estate offices, to procure advertising on
those sites and to merge them into a national real estate site.

     The Platinum Club enters into arrangements with theatres, whereby it
produces ticket wallets for theatres, which are given to customers free of
charge when they purchase theatre tickets. The Platinum Club currently has
agreements of this nature with approximately 30% of UK theatres. Again, we sell
advertising space on the ticket wallets.

     WWW.CO.UK Limited operates under the name Cinemas Online. It produces the
official Web sites for approximately 36% of UK and Irish theatre market. These
Web sites display the times of the cinema performances for the forthcoming week,
along with synopsis, pictures and, where applicable, trailers and hyperlinks to
other film related sites, forthcoming movies, biographies of stars, competitions
and other related film information. This information is regularly updated. The
service is produced free-of-charge and is supported by targeted local, regional
and national advertising by means of rotating banner advertisements displayed
above information on current or forthcoming film releases.

     Our Web sites receive free promotion as they are the theatre's official Web
sites. As a result, our theatre Web site addresses appear on virtually all the
theatres' newspaper advertising. Our sites are literally mentioned in hundreds
of UK newspapers free-of-charge, including key newspapers such as the Evening
Standard.

                                       20
<PAGE>   22

     In addition, the larger theatres in our client portfolio produce between
5,000 and 10,000 leaflets each week bearing information on films which are
currently showing. These leaflets typically include the address of the Web site
we have developed for the cinema. We also produce magazines bearing the relevant
Web site addresses for the smaller cinemas within our portfolio. Our Web site
addresses also appear on other cinema-related promotional materials.

     Current clients include Cineworld, Showcase Cinemas (a US company), ABC
Cinemas and Apollo Cinemas.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     As our advertisers become more Internet-aware and Internet usage and
e-commerce expands in the UK, the management of Summerfields Publishing, The
Platinum Club and WWW.CO.UK Limited intends to leverage their combined database
of approximately 7,500 advertisers to expand their revenue streams by selling
e-commerce and other new media facilities.

     Summerfields Publishing's objective is to become the dominant provider of
preview books to the independent and small chain theatre market. In 1995, we
implemented an automatically renewable contract with our advertisers, which
greatly facilitates the process of securing renewal business from our portfolio
of clients, while reducing the amount of commission we are required to pay our
salespeople. Consequently, Summerfields has two core areas of growth: sales to
businesses, which do not form part of our current client portfolio and renewal
orders. The profit margins of our renewal orders are higher than those generated
by our sales to businesses outside our current portfolio. Research into markets
in Holland, Germany, Europe and North America shows that our UK strategy could
prove successful in those geographical areas. Our management may further explore
opportunities in these or other markets.

     We believe that there is great potential for expanding our advertiser
client base in the UK. We are able to include additional advertiser space in the
preview books by adding one or more sets of four pages.

     The Platinum Club's expansion plans are focused on securing additional
contracts with theatres. The scope for increasing the number of advertisements
on each theatre wallet is limited, as the size of the theatre ticket wallets
they produce is equivalent to A4 size paper.

     WWW.CO.UK Limited plans to continue to secure agreements with additional
independent theatres. We will primarily target those businesses which have not
yet signed up with us but for which Summerfields Publishing already provides
preview booklets. Our management may also explore opportunities in other markets
outside the UK.

     We expect that, as usage of the Internet expands in the UK, we may be able
to charge higher premiums for the advertisements we display on our theatre Web
sites. We also recognize that the Internet and digital television may play an
important part in the future sale of cinema tickets. Developments of this nature
are likely to work in our favor, as users would be able to purchase tickets
through our Web sites, we would continue to market our facilities to advertisers
and may also be able to secure additional revenues through agreements whereby we
were entitled to a percentage of the e-commerce transactions.

     To our management's knowledge, the UKPropertyChannel.com service is unique
in the UK in that there is no charge involved for real estate agents, while all
costs are covered through the sale of advertising. The Property Channel
commenced its real estate advertising sales operation in February 2000. Our
management believes that the online real estate advertising sector is an area
with substantial growth potential. We intend to integrate the
UKPropertyChannel.com service into the existing TownPages property channel to
provide additional content to the TownPages information service.

OPERATIONS

     The sales representatives for Summerfields Publishing, The Platinum Club
and WWW.CO.UK Limited are all self employed. Other than the sales effort, these
companies do not conduct any marketing activities. All three companies are
entirely focused on field sales.

                                       21
<PAGE>   23

     Summerfields Publishing, The Platinum Club and WWW.CO.UK Limited share
personnel and other resources. These three companies employ a total of
approximately 20 employees, all of whom work across all three companies. These
companies also share client data, leveraging this information and close working
relationship to boost sales across the three companies.

     The average value of an initial two-year advertising contract with
Summerfields Publishing or The Platinum Club is approximately Pounds Sterling
400 net of VAT. The equivalent for WWW.CO.UK Limited is Pounds Sterling 600 net
of VAT. Each contract is negotiated on a case-by-case basis.

COMPETITION

     Summerfields Publishing's management does not believe that the company has
any direct competitors. There are several other companies which produce cinema
brochures but they target a completely different segment of the market, the
multi-complex theatre market. However, it is possible that future increased
competition from the large theatre chains may force some smaller operators out
of business.

     The Platinum Card faces competition from other companies which produce
theatre ticket wallets.

     WWW.CO.UK Limited is the only official representative for the theatres
whose Web sites we have developed and host. Pearl & Dean and Carlton are the
closest competitors and pay substantial royalties for screen rights, while we do
not pay anything.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     WWW.CO.UK Limited has registered the domain name www.cinemas-online.co.uk.

MORBRIA LIMITED

     Morbria Limited was incorporated on March 3, 1992 in England. It was
acquired by TownPagesNet.com plc in September 1999. Morbria owns 100% of the
capital stock of The Graphic Palette Company (Manchester) Ltd., a Web site
design agency incorporated in England in March 10, 1992, and Review Marketing &
Advertising Ltd., an English corporation incorporated on March 28, 1991. Review
Marketing owns a 75% interest in Centrix Communications Ltd., an advertising,
marketing and communications agency incorporated in England on October 28, 1991.
Morbria was acquired from an investment company owned by Kevin R. Leech, the
majority stockholder and a director of TownPagesNet.com plc.

     The mainstay of Graphic Palette's business during 1999 is in the new media
sector; primarily focused on the provision of Internet web site solutions and
interactive CD-ROMs. The development of our new media business has resulted in
the solid growth of that division, from a three-person department in 1997 to a
business with twenty-eight employees dedicated to new media production.
Historically, our business centred on "digital colour imaging" and high end
"digital reprographics", to which "digital multimedia graphics" and "web site
creation" have been added. These now form the mainstay of the business. Our "Web
site creation" facility is complemented by our in-depth experience in design and
marketing.

     Centrix offers all aspects of design, production and print, marketing and
consultancy services and a broad range of advertising services including TV,
radio, outdoor and national and local press. It has a wide UK client base across
many business sectors.

     The objective of Morbria is to create a true "Multi Media Group"
encompassing each media area of potential within the advertising, marketing and
communications arena. Morbria's aim is to focus on digital technology, where
innovative ideas can lead to high profit business projects that are not
dependant upon extensive investment in plant and equipment. The only exception
to this rule is the market for traditional print, which we consider to be an
area which still offers long-term business opportunities.

                                       22
<PAGE>   24

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     Morbria provides the following products and services:

     - Concept and Design

     - Interface design

     - Information architecture

     - Dynamic and data base driven site design

     - Online business plans

     - Online off-line marketing

     - Consultancy and project management

     - Systems integration

     - Content authoring, sourcing and management

     - WAP enabled XML based site design

     - Kiosk/CD multimedia

     Typically, the cost of these services is dictated by market forces, the
type of industry in which the client operates and the specific client project.
As an example, Graphic Palette charges between Pounds Sterling 700 and Pounds
Sterling 1100 per day for their Web design and graphics services. Programming
and technical services are charged at between Pounds Sterling 700 - Pounds
Sterling 1500 per day. Often concept work and fixed projects are quoted for on a
weekly or monthly fee basis.

     A business plan has been developed to extend the life of the "digital
reprographics" share of our business within its diminishing market place and to
further benefit from our existing digital equipment and the experience we have
gained in this field. One of the options Morbria is investigating is the
possibility of acquiring an established traditional printing company, which
could provide substantial synergy benefits. The Morbria group of companies
currently spends approximately Pounds Sterling 300,000 per year on outsourcing
traditional print requirements.

     Graphic Palette has a non-contractual long-standing arrangement with Planet
Edge Ltd., whereby they provide secure e-commerce transaction and Web site
hosting facilities which Graphic Palette re-sells to its clients. Graphic
Palette also has a non-contractual relationship with Tabron, who provide Graphic
Palette with traditional printing services for both the company and their
clients. XTML provides Graphic Palette with direct Internet access through a
leased line.

SALES AND MARKETING

     Morbria's sales and marketing is currently focused in four main areas:

     - Development of relationships with strategic partners
     - Third party introducers
     - Mail shots to qualified databases
     - Word of mouth referrals

     The development of relationships with organizations from related industries
is important, as over the medium to long term, it is often a good source of both
clients and regular revenue. In the case of advertising agencies which are
secured as strategic partners, they provide us, by default, with access to their
client base to allow us to supply services to their customers. From the
advertising agency's perspective, this relationship adds value to their own
services, which in turn assists them in the pursuit of client retention. From
Graphic Palette's perspective, it provides a potential source of high quality
clients and projects, which would otherwise prove difficult to become involved
in.

                                       23
<PAGE>   25

     Although mail shots are time consuming and not as immediately effective as
other sources of lead generation, mail shots are still a useful and effective
method of marketing our company and its services to specific targeted areas of
the business community. For mail shots to be effective, time and research needs
to be invested to identify the most profitable target profile. We then follow up
our mailshots. Although initial responses are typically low, we retain as much
information as possible about the companies with which we come into contact.
Where appropriate, we then follow those companies up at a later date when
appropriate. This approach often results in a flow of leads over a longer period
of time than would otherwise be the case.

     We recognize referrals as one of the best new business sources and as our
preferred mechanism of developing new business. Referrals typically come by way
of personal recommendation through personal experience of our services or first
hand knowledge. Referrals tend to be well qualified. These prospects also
typically prepare a brief and agree budgets prior to contacting us.

     Business leads through personal knowledge, although not as directly
effective, are also a valuable source of referral. Typically, the person passing
us information regarding an individual or company will have personal knowledge
or inside information as to the prospect and in turn their potential
requirements. Access to this kind of information allows for a more effective and
focused approach when following up a lead.

OPERATIONS

     By adopting a flat structure, our ability to use initiative and speed of
decision-making to impact on the business in both reactive and proactive ways is
greatly increased. This approach fully supports the strategic development of the
company and operating functions. The company's internal structure is dynamic. We
constantly review our business practices to match overall market growth and
advances in technology. The following illustrates the areas of responsibility
within Graphic Palette:

     - Account Handlers
     - Management
     - Technical Team
     - Creative Team
     - Project Managers
     - Developer pool
     - IT Department
     - Webmaster Team

     We create project teams by drawing in members of the developer pool to meet
the skill-set required by individual client projects. Where relevant, we also
draw specialists from the technical and creative teams into the project teams.
Operations are carried out in an integrated co-operative environment where
emphasis is placed on cross-fertilization of knowledge and skills.

     Our IT infrastructure and external resource is constantly growing to meet
current, perceived and research and development requirements.

COMPETITION

     Morbria competes with local and national agencies such as the following
those listed below. They all offer a broad range of services:

     McCann Erikson -- Very large high-profile agency with European exposure,
which attracts large blue chip clients and projects.

     XTML Creative -- Well-known organization, providing high quality services
and extensive technical facilities. They have a strong reputation in the design
market and attract large clients and projects, e.g. Virtual Manchester.

     Nexus New Media -- Quite high profile, active in self-promotion i.e.
exhibitions etc., multimedia and Web site developers. Clients include Scottish
Power.

                                       24
<PAGE>   26

     KMP Internet -- High profile, very technically capable, offering
e-commerce. They benefit from a strong reputation in the design market. Their
client base is diverse, including a large number of substantial organizations.

     Action Multimedia -- They handle a diverse range of clients and projects.

     LMS Information Technology -- Wide skill set, though they do not appear to
specialize in any particular areas of the marketplace. They target small to
medium enterprises.

     Walsh Simmons -- High profile, very technically capable, offering
e-commerce. They benefit from a strong reputation in the design market and boast
a solid client base.

     Odyssey Interactive -- Provides a diverse range of services and clients
catering particularly for small to medium enterprises. They also offer Web site
hosting services, as well as IT consultancy.

     Brand New Media -- Strong technical capabilities, specializing in larger
blue chip projects.

     Moonfish -- Creative agency offering a full range of multimedia services,
including interactive SW. They are very active in marketing and promoting
themselves to businesses.

     Centrix is exposed to competition from other marketing services agencies
both in Manchester, England and elsewhere. This marketplace is highly
competitive. Other marketing services agencies that we compete with in the
Manchester area are: Cicero Advertising & Marketing, MAP plc, GMM & ICA, Redmond
Jones & Partners Ltd., Radford Advertising Ltd., Hues & Co., BJL, BDH TBWA and
Cheetham Bell.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     Morbria owns the Web site domain name for Graphic Palette which is
www.graphicpalette.com. In accordance with the copyright laws which operate in
the UK, we retain copyright on all the designs we produce for our clients.

BUYERSGUIDE LIMITED

     Buyersguide Limited commenced operations on October 1, 1996 as a
partnership under the name Bowden Publishing. It was incorporated on September
30, 1999 in England just prior to being acquired by TownPagesNet.com plc in
October 1999. Buyersguide Limited is a leading UK provider of business-to-
government services. BuyersGuide publishes the Internet-based Local Authority
and Public Service "Buyer's Guide."

     Buyersguide is a comprehensive online procurement and specification index
serving purchasing officers, decision makers and key personnel within:

     - Public Authorities
     - Central Government departments
     - Local Authorities
     - NHS Trusts
     - Other associated Public Sector departments

     The UK government has strict procedures regarding the selection of
government suppliers. CCT (Compulsory Competitive Tendering) is now being phased
out and replaced by BVI (Best Value Initiative). One of the implications of BVI
is that government purchases of a value less than pound sterling 158,000 no
longer have to go through traditional lengthy tender procedures, hence approved
suppliers and contractors have the benefit of direct quoting.

     In addition, the recent decentralisation of government budgets, which has
created a number of new decision-makers and budget holders, ensures that
businesses can not only maintain and develop their existing government supply
arrangements, but more importantly, that they can attract new departments and
new customers which were previously inaccessible. This new procedure will also
allow additional businesses to break through into the government sector for the
first time.

                                       25
<PAGE>   27

     The BVI system is designed to alleviate the problems faced by public sector
personnel in the day-to-day task of finding high quality suppliers and
up-to-date information on their products and services.

     Users of Buyersguide's online service are able to search for potential
suppliers in three ways: First, they have the benefit of searching by business
category, using a comprehensive classification index covering over 1,000
different categories. Second, if a buyer is already aware of a particular
supplier, but needs additional information, they can utilize the company name
search facility. The third option is a "fuzzy logic" search of the Web site,
allowing the browser to search by keywords, concepts or specific terminology
relating to their requirements.

     The Buyersguide Web site only contains information on suppliers which have
a history of supplying to this marketplace and which consider government to be
one of their target markets.

     The success of the Buyersguide service is evident from the massive growth
of both usership of the site and advertisers, coupled with an exceptional annual
renewal rate of clients. Buyersguide has a growing client list, which currently
incorporates over 4,000 clients, including Coca-Cola, IBM and Canon, together
with a wide range of telecommunications companies.

     TownPagesNet.com plc has announced that it intends to seek a public listing
for Buyersguide Limited on a UK-based stock market in 2000.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     - We intend to expand the number of telesales representatives we employ. We
       are also exploring the option of opening further UK branches.

     - We intend to continue to market the Buyersguide service to the public
       sector using direct marketing channels as telesales, direct mail and
       e-mail, in conjunction with traditional advertising in targeted
       government magazines and circulars to further increase usage of our
       website site and revenue for our business clientele. We may also employ
       field sales people to encourage high-budget buyers within the government
       sector to use our service to source suppliers, which in turn could result
       in additional e-commerce revenues for our company, together with
       heightened awareness of our service.

     - We aim to increase revenue by adopting new strategies such as the
       deployment of field sales representatives and the implementation of
       software which facilitates the process of tendering for contracts. The
       use of this software should allow Buyersguide to charge 1-3% of the
       revenue from processed transactions by way of commission.

     - The Buyersguide Web site is currently being upgraded to incorporate
       e-commerce facilities. This will allow Buyersguide to offer its
       advertisers e-commerce facilities in exchange for a percentage of the
       profits resulting from the online transactions.

     - We intend to build on our existing client base and continue to secure
       high levels of client retention. We currently have a renewal rate of
       approximately 80% of our clients per year, together with an expanding
       client base. Ongoing marketing of our service should result in heightened
       brand awareness of our company, together with increased levels of traffic
       to our Web site. This in turn should result in higher revenues for our
       advertisers, making our service increasingly attractive to our existing
       advertisers and to other businesses we hope to attract as clients. We
       also intend to form stronger relationships with government bodies and
       local government magazines.

     - We intend to develop additional Web sites to cater for the needs of other
       specialist marketplaces, such as IT, telecommunications, education, NHS
       Trusts and the domestic sector. We expect that these additional sites
       would be likely to generate additional revenues for Buyersguide by
       allowing the client to advertise in both our general directory and a
       second directory which is specific to their sector.

                                       26
<PAGE>   28

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     The Buyersguide Web site (www.buyersguide.co.uk) consists, fundamentally,
of three key search facilities, designed to assist public sector purchasing
officers to source products with greater ease.

     Users are able to search by business category, company name or keyword. The
business information which appears as a result of conducting these searches
relates to paying advertisers. Users are also able to easily access links
through to local authority Web sites, access our full contact details and
information on how to get their company listed.

     Advertisements on Buyersguide range in price from Pounds Sterling 250 to
Pounds Sterling 6,000, depending on the complexity of the advert and on the size
of the company advertising. We are able to command higher prices for larger
better-known advertisers who tend to receive more enquiries than smaller
companies. The average advertisement price is approximately Pounds Sterling 500.

     We intend to implement an online and offline advertising campaign targeted
at the public sector. We also intend to embark on public relations activities,
including exhibiting at and attending key exhibitions and conferences with the
aim of increasing awareness of Buyersguide's offering and generating additional
business leads.

     We have recently incorporated banner advertising facilities into our Web
site, targeted by business category. We charge up to approximately Pounds
Sterling 1,000 per banner advertisement per year, depending on the size of the
business category where the advertisement is due to be displayed and on the size
of the advertiser. We are often able to charge a premium for prestigious
classifications. Our Web site currently incorporates approximately 1,000
business categories, each of which presents banner advertising opportunities. We
have already sold approximately 100 of these banner advertisements.

     We have no manufacturing capacity and only limited equipment maintenance,
i.e. our Web site. We rely on third parties for our equipment and all other
related products and services. We use licensed software site design tools to
maintain and build client profiles.

COMPETITION

     Buyersguide competes with the following magazines: L.G. News, L.G.
Chronicle and Municipal Journal; and the following directories: L.A. & P.S.
Yearbook and IT Yearbook.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     Buyersguide Limited has registered the domain name www.buyersguide.co.uk.

RESEARCH SALES INC. (d/b/a RASMUSSEN RESEARCH)

     Research Sales, Inc. was incorporated in Washington on December 31, 1998.
It was acquired by TownPagesNet.com plc on November 1, 1999. Research Sales,
Inc. is a public opinion and market research company that has developed a
proprietary system, the Rasmussen Automated Polling System, for collecting
telephone survey data at a fraction of the time and cost required for conducting
traditional operator-assisted surveys. The quality of this system was recently
validated by an independent analysis by the Washington DC-based Progressive
Review, a political magazine, which found our system to be the most accurate
polling company in the United States during the recent Presidential primary
elections.

     We are now using this system to generate content for the Rasmussen Web
site, www.portraitofamerica.com. Rasmussen recently signed an agreement to
provide content for CollegeBroadcast.com, a student oriented portal Web site,
and expects to enter into a number of additional content sharing relationships.
Rasmussen's Portrait of America service will be featured on the News Channel of
the CollegeBroadcast.com broadband service. In some cases, Rasmussen will
receive payment directly for the content and in other cases Rasmussen will
receive promotional value and increased web traffic. With Rasmussen's strong
cost advantage in the collection of objective content, it can generate
significantly greater

                                       27
<PAGE>   29

quantities of information. Due to the fact that it can collect larger samples,
its content is richer and more accurate. We believe Rasmussen's cost advantage
also allows us to pursue more angles, ask more questions and probe further to
get to the truth.

     We believe the information age can best be fueled by access to objective,
insightful information; information that is unbiased, unfiltered and distributed
though the Internet and other channels that increase its accessibility and
relevancy. Access to objective, relevant information can be a potent tool for
commerce and individual fulfillment.

     Research Sales plans to grow its business by entering into relationships
with strategic partners who can benefit from its content. As Internet businesses
have matured, savvy net businesses have begun to discriminate between different
types of content. There is a growing understanding that not all content is
equally valuable. By collecting and distributing accurate, objective content,
Rasmussen can support an information hungry audience with useful content they
can trust.

     By executing a partnership strategy aimed at building exclusive
relationships with e-businesses and e-communities, Rasmussen will support the
efforts of these sites to differentiate their offerings, drive down customer
acquisition costs and build consumer trust. By forming partnerships with major
e-businesses, Rasmussen can put its content where the eyeballs are. In addition
to ensuring wide distribution and increased value, this strategy can accelerate
the awareness of the Rasmussen brand. We can leverage the vast advertising
budgets being spent by our partners to bring more people into contact with our
content and our brand.

     On February 7, 2000, Kelly O'Keefe, a well-known speaker and writer on the
Internet, agreed to join the Rasmussen board of directors. O'Keefe, former
President of the Cadmus Marketing Group, a marketing communications consultancy,
will participate in the development of strategic marketing plans and
partnerships as the firm launches its business-to-business e-commerce services.

     On February 24, 2000, Rasmussen reached an agreement with Survey Sampling,
Inc. (SSI), a firm widely recognized by research professionals as one of the
most reliable sources of samples for telephone surveys. SSI will provide
Rasmussen with all of its telephone samples for survey research, both
domestically and internationally. SSI works with over 1000 research partners
worldwide creating samples for syndicated and proprietary custom research for
clients including: J.D. Power & Associates, The Arbitron Company, The Gallup
Organization, Roper Starch Worldwide, and many others.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     Rasmussen Research conducts surveys on a for-hire basis in the $2,000 to
$5,000 range per survey. Our new strategy, however, calls for us to provide
content rather than polls for hire. Our current product offering is the Portrait
of America Web site (www.portraitofamerica.com). We are working on obtaining a
title sponsor for the site. In addition, we intend to sell other products,
together with data access through this site.

     In the future, we plan to customize our product offerings to meet the needs
of individual Web sites seeking to use our content. In some cases, we will
receive a set fee for this service. In others, we will base the contracts on
cash and revenue sharing opportunities.

     We intend to develop customized content packages to meet the needs of
individual customers. Current packages being developed include a full range of
pricing options, from barter arrangements to annual contracts of a substantial
monetary value. Rasmussen Research also conducts public opinion surveys in
conjunction with media outlets. Under these arrangements, the media outlet is
able to use its data in exchange for promoting and directing traffic to the
Rasmussen Research Web site.

     Research Sales, Inc. owns and operates the Rasmussen Research Automated
Polling System (RAPS). RAPS allows Rasmussen Research to collect statistically
reliable public opinion and market research information at a fraction of the
cost and time required for operator-assisted surveys. All of Rasmussen's
publicly released survey data is collected via this method. Although we report
our data on the Internet at www.portraitofamerica.com, we do not collect survey
data online.

                                       28
<PAGE>   30

     While this survey technique has proven to be very reliable, it does have
certain limitations. Our surveys are relatively short compared to many
operator-assisted surveys. We rarely keep respondents on the line for longer
than five minutes. Additionally, we are unable to conduct business-to-business
surveys or other surveys in which we must get through a receptionist or
switchboard to reach potential respondents.

     As with any opinion research, the most important step is designing the
survey instrument. We take care in crafting questions designed to elicit the
most important and useful information. Occasionally, we ask questions that have
not been asked before. When this happens, we always include other questions that
can be compared to an existing body of survey research or actual data. This
helps us establish confidence in the sample and the results for the new
question.

     To place our calls, we randomly select phone numbers appropriate to the
geographic market being surveyed. Throughout the history of Research Sales, we
have used both listed-number samples and RDD samples depending upon the needs of
the client. We have purchased samples from outside vendors and pulled our own
samples from an in-house database. Research Sales plans on purchasing all of its
samples in the future from a single vendor -- Survey Sampling, Inc.

     Our automated system conducts an interview with whoever answers the phone.
If the person answering the phone is under 18, no interview is conducted. For
election surveys, we call a full sample of adults and then use a series of
screening questions to determine which adults are likely voters. The screening
questions include questions about their voting history, their intentions to vote
in the upcoming election, and other matters. As with all survey firms,
developing screens to determine likely voters is one of our most challenging
tasks. This is especially so during low-turnout primary elections.

     When the survey is completed, we weight the data to reflect the population
being surveyed in terms of age, race, and gender. Typically, we find that we
have oversampled women, white Americans, and older Americans. We weight these
oversampled populations down to an appropriate level relative to the rest of the
sample.

     Following the weighting process, we conduct a "sanity check" by comparing
the sample's characteristics to verifiable data. This varies from survey to
survey. In surveys conducted shortly after an election, we frequently measure
the stated voting behavior of the sample with actual voting results. Other
times, we may compare the employment status of the sample to what we know about
the area's employment statistics.

     After processing the data, Rasmussen either provides the information to a
client or posts it on its Web site. Sometimes, a press release summarizing the
data is issued. For information presented on Rasmussen's Web site, we typically
post the question wording along with our summary of the data so that people
visiting the site can evaluate the questions for themselves. We also post the
survey date, sample size, margin of sampling error, and other relevant
information.

     Surveys provided to clients are sometimes kept private. However, we inform
our clients that if our polling data is reported publicly, details of the entire
survey must be made public. This includes a listing of all questions asked, the
responses to all questions, and details about the survey such as date, sample
size, and margin of sampling error.

SALES AND MARKETING

     To date, Rasmussen's sales and marketing efforts have been minimal, except
to the extent of building brand name recognition. We expect to build a sales and
marketing division during the second quarter of 2000.

     In the course of Rasmussen's public relations efforts, we have released
substantial quantities of data to the media. Our work has been cited on Good
Morning America, the Today Show, the Jim Bohannon Show, and scores of other
broadcast outlets. In print, Rasmussen's work has appeared in USA Today, the
Wall Street Journal, Washington Post, New York Times, Los Angeles Times,
Newsweek, Charlotte Observer, London's Guardian Observer, International Herald
Tribune, and countless other publications.

                                       29
<PAGE>   31

COMPETITION

     Research Sales' competition in the objective content arena falls into two
broad categories: telephone-based research companies and Web-based research
companies. The larger, traditional pollsters concentrate their efforts in the
telephone-based arena, although some are experimenting with Web-based ventures.
Web-based research firms tend to be new ventures, well-funded through venture
capital, attempting to differentiate in a category that is increasingly crowded.
These firms offer the advantage of decentralizing the collection process
allowing small businesses and individuals low cost and ease of use.
Unfortunately, these firms collect data through the Web using self-selected
samples. We believe that the combined limitations of Web-audiences and
self-selected samples render this research statistically unreliable.

     Traditional research competitors include Survey USA, which is owned by
Hypotenuse, a privately-held New Jersey company. Its trade names for different
types of research offerings include: Survey USA, Bullet-Poll, Overnight
Research, Flash Poll, Voter Roll Call. InterSurvey is another competitor. It was
founded in 1998 by two Stanford University professors. Headquartered in Menlo
Park, California, it claims to be the first and only Web-based research firm
that collects data from a scientifically representative sample. The so-called
"no compromise" methodology is said to blend the statistical reliability of
probability sampling with the power of Web interviewing to solve the problems
associated with survey research on the Web, in person, by mail or on the
telephone. Insight Express is one of the first fully automated online research
services, with access to one of largest databases of 35 million people.

     Informative, is another competitor headquartered in San Francisco,
California. Informative is similar to Insight Express and Zoomerang. It allows
users to build their survey on line, link to their Web site and view results in
real-time -- through a Web browser. It has an impressive list of clients
including advertising agencies, e-commerce companies such as Amazon.com, market
research companies, portals like AltaVista, Lycos, publishing and media
companies and technology companies such as Apple, Adobe Systems. Zoomerang is a
division of MarketTools, a provider of technology and advisory services for
conducting Web-based market research. Members register to build and conduct
surveys with Zoomerang using pre-formatted surveys. In turn, Zoomerang sends
surveys to panelists on behalf of members. Results are accessed through members'
accounts. Another competitor, Harris Interactive, formed in 1999, has database
of 5 million online panelists who register to participate at the Harris Poll
Online Web site or through one of its partner sites.

     Phone-based research competitors include The Gallup Organization and Zogby
International. Both companies conduct public opinion polls.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     Research Sales, Inc. owns more than 350 domain names including
www.portraitofamerica.com and www.portraitoftheUK.com.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     We are and will be subject to laws and regulations applicable to businesses
generally in the countries in which we operate. Currently, there are relatively
few laws and regulations directly applicable to access to and commerce on the
Internet. However, due to the increasing popularity and use of the Internet, it
is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted, or that
existing laws or regulations may be applied differently, with respect to the
Internet, covering issues such as user privacy, pricing, and characteristics and
quality of products and services. Any such laws and regulations could hinder
growth in use of the Internet generally, and decrease the acceptance of the
Internet as a communications and commercial medium, and could thereby have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial
condition.

     In addition, several telecommunications carriers are seeking to have
telecommunications over the Internet regulated by agencies such as the Federal
Communications Commission in the United States in the same manner as other
telecommunications services. Local telephone carriers, such as Pacific Bell in
the United States, have petitioned the FCC to regulate Internet service
providers and online service providers in a manner similar to long distance
telephone carriers and to impose higher access fees on the Internet service

                                       30
<PAGE>   32

providers and online service providers. The costs of communicating on the
Internet could increase substantially as a result of any such regulation in the
United States, the United Kingdom, or elsewhere, potentially slowing the growth
in use of the Internet.

     We may be subject to various government laws and regulations, in the United
Kingdom and elsewhere, that regulate advertising in media, which may include the
Internet. Those laws and regulations typically require advertisers and
advertising agencies to have substantiation for advertising claims before
disseminating advertisements. Such laws and regulations can prohibit the
dissemination of false, deceptive, misleading, and unfair advertising, and may
grant certain governmental agencies enforcement powers to impose and seek civil
penalties, consumer redress, injunctive relief and/or other remedies.

     The placement and operation of our kiosks are also subject to various local
zoning and similar laws and regulations which could delay, preclude, or increase
the cost of kiosk installation and operation.

INSURANCE

     We believe that our insurance coverage for our business is generally in
accordance with industry standards and is adequate in light of our business and
the risks to which we are subject, except that we do not presently maintain
"errors and omissions" insurance. We also currently do not maintain key man life
insurance, although we plan to obtain such insurance. Any failure to maintain
adequate insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business and
financial condition.

EMPLOYEES

     As of April 10, 2000, there are a total of 270 employees employed by us and
our subsidiaries. We have 4 full-time employees at TownPagesNet.com plc, the
holding company. Town Pages UK Limited has 66 full-time, 4 part-time employees
and 1 self-employed consultant, 37 of whom are design, production and technical
personnel, 22 are sales and marketing personnel and 12 are general,
administrative and executive management personnel. Morbria has 47 full-time and
2 part-time employees, 31 of whom are design, production and technical
personnel, 7 are sales and marketing personnel and 9 are general, administrative
and executive management personnel. WWW has 42 full-time, 1 part-time employee
and 63 self-employed consultants, 35 of whom are design, production and
technical personnel, 61 are sales and marketing personnel and 10 are general,
administrative and executive management personnel. Buyersguide has 30 full-time
employees, 3 of whom are design, production and technical personnel, 23 are
sales and marketing personnel and 4 are general, administrative and executive
management personnel. Research Sales, Inc. has 10 full-time employees, 6 of whom
are design, production and technical personnel, and 4 are general,
administrative and executive management personnel. None of our employees is
covered by a collective bargaining agreement and our management considers
relations with employees and consultants to be good.

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     We make certain forward-looking statements in this Form 20-F and in
documents incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to our financial
condition, profitability, liquidity, resources, business outlook, proposed
acquisitions, market forces, corporate strategies, contractual commitments,
capital requirements and other matters. The Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements. To comply
with the terms of the safe harbor, we note that a variety of factors could cause
our actual results and experience to differ substantially from the anticipated
results or other expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements. When
words and expressions such as: "believes," "expects," "anticipates,"
"estimates," " plans," "intends," "objectives," "goals," "aims," "projects,"
"forecasts," "possible," "seeks," "may," "could," "should," "might," "likely,"
"enable" or similar words or expressions are used in this Form 20-F, as well as
statements containing phrases such as "in our view," "there can be no
assurance," "although no assurance can be given" or "there is no way to
anticipate with certainty," forward-looking statements are being made in all of
these instances. These forward-looking statements speak as of the date of this
Form 20-F.
                                       31
<PAGE>   33

     Various risks and uncertainties may affect the operation, performance,
development and results of our business and could cause future outcomes to
differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements,
including the following factors: our change in business strategy; the
renegotiation of our contract with NCR Limited; our growth strategies;
anticipated trends in the industry; our ability to enter into additional Web
site design contracts; our relationships with our customers; general market and
economic conditions; our ability to finance our future business requirements;
the ability to successfully integrate acquired companies and businesses;
management retention and development; changes in Federal and state laws and
regulations; as well as the risks, uncertainties and other factors described
from time to time in our SEC filings and reports.

     We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements as a result of future developments, events and conditions outside of
our control. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it not possible for
us to predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such
risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination
of factors, may cause actual results to differ significantly from those forecast
in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties,
investors should not overly rely or attach undue weight to our forward-looking
statements as an indication of our actual future results.

RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the following risks before you decide to
invest in our company. If any of the following risks actually occur, our
business, financial condition or results of operations may suffer. As a result,
the trading price of our ADSs could decline, and you may lose all or part of
your investment.

  WE HAVE A SHORT OPERATING HISTORY

     We commenced our business in November 1995 but conducted no meaningful
operations until 1996 and only conducted experimental prototype operations from
that date until the Spring of 1998. Accordingly, we have a limited operating
history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Our historical
data is of limited value in projecting future operating results. You must
consider our business in light of the risks, expenses and problems frequently
encountered by companies with a limited operating history.

  OUR REVISED BUSINESS STRATEGY FOR TOWN PAGES UK LIMITED MAY NOT BE SUCCESSFUL

     Our board of directors recently approved a revised business strategy for
Town Pages UK Limited. We have rented our approach to the roll-out of kiosks in
terms of both the manner in which we assess the number of kiosks to be installed
in any given area and in the targeting of suitable locations. The operations of
Town Pages UK Limited following implementation of the revised business strategy
may not reflect our limited historical operations. Further, we intend to engage
in additional lines of business through our newly acquired subsidiaries. There
can be no assurance that the revised business strategy of Town Pages UK Limited
would be successful or improve our operational results. Furthermore, other
conditions may exist such as increased competition, reduction in demand for
Internet-related services or an economic downturn, which may offset any improved
operational results that are attributed to the revised business strategy.

 IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WILL FULFILL THE TERMS OF OUR AGREEMENT WITH NCR LIMITED
 AND MAY THEREFORE BE REQUIRED TO PAY PENALTIES TO NCR LIMITED

     Our board's determination to revise the business strategy of Town Pages UK
Limited has implications for our agreement with NCR Limited for the manufacture
and maintenance of kiosks. We will attempt to renegotiate the terms of the NCR
agreement to reflect this change in strategy. There are, however, no assurances
that we will be able to renegotiate the terms of this agreement. The NCR
contract provides that if we do not fulfill the complete order provided for
under the agreement, we will be required to pay a penalty based on the number of
kiosks not ordered, which may be up to pound sterling 600,000 ($969,000).

                                       32
<PAGE>   34

  MOST OF OUR REVENUE IS DERIVED FROM RELATED PARTIES

     The success of our business in the Web design and advertising services
markets depends on our ability to attract and retain customers. In fiscal 1999,
7 out of 10 of our largest customers were related parties. Such customers
represented 54% of our revenue during fiscal 1999. A termination or reduction of
the services that we provide our related customers could have an adverse effect
on our business. In addition, the failure to maintain any of our large existing
customers or attract new non-related customers could have an adverse effect on
our business. Further, the inability of any major customer to make timely
payments could also have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

  WE HAVE INCURRED NET LOSSES SINCE COMMENCING BUSINESS AND EXPECT FUTURE LOSSES

     We have had limited revenues to date. We have not shown a profit in our
annual operations to date. We have incurred accumulated net losses since
inception through December 31, 1999 of approximately pound sterling 3.5 million
($5.6 million). We had an accumulated stockholders' equity of approximately
pound sterling 18.7 million ($30.1 million) at December 31, 1999. Since we
intend to continue to heavily invest in personnel, brand promotion,
infrastructure and expansion into additional markets, we expect significant
additional net losses to continue on an annual and quarterly basis for the
foreseeable future. Our sales may not continue to grow, we may never achieve
profitability and, if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to
maintain profitability.

     It is anticipated that Town Pages UK Limited may incur net losses for the
foreseeable future as we continue our national marketing and kiosk roll out
program. Performance will depend, in part, on the amount and rates of growth in
our net revenue from e-commerce and advertising. We expect operating expenses to
increase significantly, especially in the areas of sales and marketing and brand
promotion and as we integrate the four subsidiaries we acquired in 1999. To the
extent that these expenses are not accompanied by an increase in net revenue,
our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially
adversely affected. We will need to increase our net revenue to achieve
profitability. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating
results are not meaningful and that you should not rely upon the results for any
period as an indication of future performance. Our business, results of
operations and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected if:

     - net revenue does not grow at anticipated rates;

     - increases in operating expenses are not offset by commensurate increases
       in net revenue; or

     - we are unable to adjust operating expense levels in light of net revenue.

 OUR RECENT ACQUISITIONS OF WWW.CO.UK LIMITED, MORBRIA LIMITED, BUYERSGUIDE
 LIMITED AND RESEARCH SALES, INC. MAY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS PROSPECTS

     To date, we have entered into various business and technology acquisitions,
license arrangements and strategic alliances in order to provide
community-specific content, generate additional traffic, increase our number of
personnel and establish additional sources of net revenue. We intend to continue
making acquisitions to increase online reach and membership and to seek
additional strategic alliances with content and distribution partners, including
alliances that create co-branded sites through which we market our services.
Acquisitions carry numerous risks and uncertainties, including:

     - difficulties in integrating operations, personnel, technologies, products
       and the information systems of the acquired companies;

     - diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;

     - risks of entering geographic and business markets in which we have little
       or no prior experience; and

     - potential loss of key employees of acquired entities.

     We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully integrate any
businesses, products, technologies or personnel that we have acquired or may
acquire in the future. If we are not able to effectively integrate our
operations and personnel in a timely and efficient manner, then the benefits of
the acquisitions may not be
                                       33
<PAGE>   35

realized. A failure to successfully integrate acquired entities or assets could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful
in identifying and closing transactions with potential acquisition candidates.
If the benefits of the acquisitions do not exceed the cost associated with the
acquisitions, including the dilution to our stockholders resulting from the
issuance of our ordinary shares in connection with the transactions, then our
financial results, including earnings per share which is calculated after the
amortization of goodwill, could be adversely affected.

     The successful combination of each of WWW.CO.UK Limited, Morbria Limited,
Buyersguide Limited and Research Sales, Inc. with our company will require
substantial effort. The diversion of the attention of management and
difficulties encountered in the transition process could have an adverse impact
on our ability to realize the full benefits of the acquisitions. The successful
combination of the companies will also require coordination of our sales and
marketing efforts. In addition, the process of combining the organizations could
cause the interruption of, or loss of momentum in, our activities.

  OUR FUTURE REVENUES ARE UNPREDICTABLE AND OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS MAY FLUCTUATE

     Our historical financial data is not reliable as a basis upon which to
predict our future revenues or operating expenses for a number of reasons,
including our limited operating history, the emerging nature of our Internet
industry category, and our growth strategy. Our financial results may fluctuate
significantly because of several factors, many of which are beyond our control.
These factors include:

     - specific economic conditions relating to the Internet,

     - usage of the Internet,

     - demand for advertising on our Web site and demand for Internet-based
       advertising in general,

     - changes in advertising rates as a result of competition or other factors,

     - seasonal trends in advertising,

     - the advertising budgets of our existing and potential customers,

     - demand for enhanced listing services on our Web site,

     - changes in our distribution relationships with Internet service providers
       or other third parties,

     - demand for our services,

     - incurrence of costs relating to acquisitions of businesses or
       technologies,

     - incurrence of other charges in connection with the services offered by us
       and our competitors,

     - introduction of enhanced services by us or our competitors,

     - market acceptance of new services,

     - delays in the introduction of services or enhancements provided by us or
       our competitors,

     - changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors,

     - capacity constraints, dependencies on
       Internet/telecommunications/computer infra-structure, and related
       technical difficulties, downtimes, or "Internet brownouts," and

     - general economic conditions.

     The relatively new industry in which we are engaged has not been tested in
a recessionary economic environment where budget constraints and contraction in
income available for discretionary purchases could reduce the use of our
services.

                                       34
<PAGE>   36

  WE MAY NEED TO RAISE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL IN THE FUTURE

     We had a working capital surplus of pound sterling 4,673,975 ($7,548,470)
at December 31, 1999. We will depend upon revenues from operations, and
borrowings under a credit facility which we may seek to establish, to meet our
capital expenditure requirements and fund continued losses. There is no
assurance that we will achieve projected revenues, that bank borrowings will be
available to us on commercially attractive terms or at all, or that the costs
actually incurred to expand our operations will not exceed our budget. Also, if
we elect to expand our operations outside the United Kingdom or to add services
or other capabilities not presently contemplated, either alone or with a
strategic partner, the net proceeds from our prior offering, revenues from
operations and any available bank borrowings may be insufficient to meet our
capital requirements for that expansion. If additional funds were to be required
for any of those reasons, we would be unable to complete our expansion as
planned and our business and financial condition would be seriously adversely
affected if we were unable to raise additional funds on acceptable terms, in
timely fashion, or at all. There is no assurance that any additional financing
will be available on commercially attractive terms, in timely fashion, in
sufficient amounts, or at all.

     If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible
debt securities, the percentage ownership of TownPagesNet.com plc held by
existing shareholders, including holders of our ADSs, will be reduced and those
shareholders may experience significant dilution. In addition, new securities
may contain certain rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to those
of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

  OUR BUSINESS IS INCREASINGLY COMPETITIVE

     The markets for local interactive content and services are highly
fragmented and intensely competitive. There are relatively low barriers to entry
so we expect competition to intensify. We compete on the Internet with Internet
service providers, online service providers, search engines and other site
aggregation companies, services that sponsor communities of personal Web sites,
and various Web site operators and content providers, as well as with Web site
design, Web site consultancy and other similar companies. We also compete with
more traditional advertising media, such as print, radio, and television media,
for a share of advertisers' total advertising budgets.

 UNITED KINGDOM COMPETITORS COULD DUPLICATE OUR INFORMATION AND KIOSK STRATEGY
 AND REDUCE ITS EFFECTIVENESS

     United Kingdom-based companies, such as British Telecommunications plc
(multimedia payphones), KDM International plc (County Web), Freepages plc
(Scoot), Thomson Directories Ltd. (ThomWeb), Yellow Pages, a division of British
Telecommunications plc (Yell), Time Out Group Ltd. (TimeOut.com) and CitySpace
all provide services in the United Kingdom that offer some of the features of
Town Pages. A competing kiosk program could dilute our sales and the marketing
effectiveness of the kiosks. Other non-United Kingdom-based companies could
enter the market and duplicate our strategy as well.

     The competition in the website solution and Internet services consultancy
market in the UK is intense. Razorfish, Agency.com, Tagish and many others all
provide business-to-business services in the United Kingdom which offer some of
the features of Town Pages' offering.

  MANY ACTUAL AND POTENTIAL COMPETITORS HAVE STRONG BRAND NAMES OR GREATER
RESOURCES THAN US

     Many of our current and potential competitors have substantially greater
human and financial resources, experience, and brand name recognition than us.
These companies may have significant competitive advantages through other lines
of business and existing business relationships.

     Some UK-based companies, such as British Telecommunications, have
substantially greater resources than we do. Some UK-based business-to-consumer
and business-to-business services, such as ThomWeb, Yell, TimeOut.com,
Agency.com and Razorfish have strong brand name recognition with which to
compete against us.

     World-wide, there are services presently focused on countries other than
the United Kingdom whose high brand recognition and financial and other
resources far in excess of our own could make them serious
                                       35
<PAGE>   37

competitive threats in the future. Digital City, operated by Digital City, Inc.,
a company wholly-owned by America Online, Inc. and Tribune Company, Zip 2,
operated by Zip2 Corporation, CitySearch, operated by Ticketmaster
Online-CitySearch, and Around Town operated by WebTV Networks, Inc., which is
owned by Microsoft Corporation, all fall into that category. There are also
international networks of business-to-business website solution and Internet
services consultancies. Agency.com features among these competitors.

     Services including GeoCities, TheGlobe.com, and Xoom sponsor communities of
personal Web sites which also seek to create topically or geographically
segregated online audiences for advertisers. GeoCities, recently opened an
office in London, England. Search engine and other site aggregation companies
such as Excite, Inc., which operates City.Net, Lycos, Inc., which operates Lycos
City Guide, and Yahoo! Inc., which operates Yahoo! Local, primarily aggregate
links to sites providing local content, but are also potential competitors.

 WE MUST EXPAND QUICKLY OR COMPETITORS MAY COPY OR BLOCK OUR STRATEGY

     We believe that we must rapidly establish the TownPages information service
as the premier branded locally-focused information provider on the Internet in
the United Kingdom in order to attract the maximum amount of traffic to our Web
site and increase our customer base. We further believe that we must rapidly
expand on our existing website solution and Internet services consultancy client
base in order gain additional market share. If we fail to do so, competitors may
copy our business strategy or take other steps to prevent us from obtaining a
leading market share in those markets and adversely affect our business.

  WE HAVE NOT OPERATED TOWN PAGES ON A BROAD SCALE AND WE DO NOT HAVE EXPERIENCE
  IN MANAGING RAPID GROWTH

     There is no assurance that we will successfully manage the planned launch
of TownPages in additional markets in a cost-effective or timely manner while
maintaining high levels of service and reliability necessary to establish and
maintain a reputation for quality.

  OUR PLANNED EXPANSION WILL STRAIN OUR RESOURCES

     The pursuit of our business strategy will place a significant strain on our
managerial, operational and financial resources. We will need to improve our
financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. We will
also have to expand, train and manage our work force for marketing, sales and
technical support, product development, site design, and network and equipment
repair and maintenance, and manage multiple relationships with various
customers, strategic partners and other third parties. We will need to
continually expand and upgrade our technology infrastructure and systems and
ensure continued high levels of service, speedy operation, and reliability. In
addition, we will have to improve our methods for measuring the performance and
commercial success of our different products to better respond to advertiser
demands for information on product effectiveness and to better determine which
products and services can be developed most profitably.

     To achieve our objectives, we may have to acquire technologies or products
or enter into strategic alliances and acquisitions, although we have no plans or
agreements to do so at the present time. For those initiatives to succeed, we
must make our existing technology, business, and systems work effectively with
those of our strategic partners and any acquired properties without undue
expense, distraction of management from other priorities or other disruptions to
our existing business.

  OUR BRAND AND REPUTATION WILL BE DAMAGED IF WE FAIL TO SUCCESSFULLY MANAGE OUR
PLANNED EXPANSION

     If our service, or any new feature, is not received favorably, whether due
to any shortcoming in our product or operations or factors beyond our control,
our reputation and the TownPages brand will be damaged. Our business, financial
condition, and results of operations will be materially adversely affected if we
fail to manage growth challenges successfully.

                                       36
<PAGE>   38

  WE MUST TAKE THE RISK OF INTRODUCING NEW SERVICES IN ORDER TO COMPETE

     We plan to introduce new and expanded services, including e-commerce
services, on TownPages in order to generate additional revenues, attract more
consumers and respond to competition. There can be no assurance that we will be
able to offer any new services in a cost-effective or timely manner or that any
efforts will be successful. Furthermore, any new service we launch that is not
favorably received by consumers could damage our reputation or our brand name.
Expansion of our services in this manner will also require significant
additional expenses and development and may strain our management, financial and
operational resources. Our inability to generate revenues from expanded services
sufficient to offset their cost could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

  ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING OUR BRAND RECOGNITION AND REPUTATION ARE
ESSENTIAL TO OUR SUCCESS

     We believe that our success will depend to a large degree on our ability to
successfully establish and maintain our brand recognition and reputation. In
order to maintain a good reputation and strong brand name, we will need to
invest heavily in our marketing and maintain high standards for actual and
perceived quality, usefulness, reliability, security and ease of use of our
services. Even if we continue to provide good service to our customers, factors
outside of our control, including actions by organizations that are mistaken for
us, could affect our brand and the perceived quality of our services, thereby
damaging our business.

 WE RELY UPON THIRD PARTIES FOR EQUIPMENT AND FOR KIOSK MANUFACTURE, ASSEMBLY,
 INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

     Although our computer and network hardware and our kiosks are assembled
from standard components which may be outsourced from a number of manufacturers
and distributors, we have no equipment manufacturing capacity and will be
dependent upon the timely delivery of quality equipment by those manufacturers
and distributors. Furthermore, our kiosk assembly and installation capacity, and
our equipment and kiosk maintenance and repair capacity, is quite limited. We
will be dependent upon third party services for the timely, cost-effective, and
proper installation, maintenance, and repair of our touch-screen kiosks and for
the maintenance and repair of our equipment and network infrastructure. Failure
by any of these third parties to perform as we require could materially
adversely affect our business, operations, and financial condition.

  KEVIN R. LEECH CONTROLS US

     A corporation wholly-owned by Kevin R. Leech, one of our directors,
beneficially owns 46.89% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Accordingly, Mr.
Leech controls us and has the ability to elect and/or remove all of the members
of our board of directors and to approve significant corporate transactions,
including key mergers and acquisitions and subsequent financing transactions. He
also has the ability to delay or prevent a change in our control and to
discourage a potential acquiror of us or our shares.

  KEVIN R. LEECH, A DIRECTOR AND OUR PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER, MAY HAVE CONFLICTS
OF INTEREST

     Mr. Leech is a director and principal shareholder of other high-technology
companies, and companies that invest in high-technology companies. He is a
significant shareholder and Chairman of ci4net.com, Inc., formerly known as
Leisure Concepts International. ci4net owns majority interests in several
European Internet companies for whom we provide Web site development services,
including Travel the Net Ltd., currently one of our largest customers and the
exclusive provider of the travel "channel" on TownPages. Mr. Leech is also the
majority shareholder of Glen Investments Limited. Several customers of Morbria,
one of our subsidiaries are owned by Glen Investments Limited. While we do not
believe that those companies represent a competitive threat to us now or in the
foreseeable future, it is possible that they may be competitors at some future
date, or that conflicts of interest may arise from those relationships.

     Planet Edge Ltd., a subsidiary of ci4net.com, is a provider of Web site
development services for Town Pages UK Limited. Town Pages UK Limited purchased
goods and services in fiscal year 1999 from Planet Edge totaling pound sterling
738,680, or 16% of total cost of revenues. Planet Edge also provides secure
e-commerce
                                       37
<PAGE>   39

transaction and Web site hosting facilities to Morbria which Morbria's
subsidiary, Graphic Palette, re-sells to its clients.

     Prior to our initial public offering, we financed our operations primarily
through a discretionary secured operating line of credit from Glen Investments
Limited. Upon completion of the offering, we converted pound sterling 850,000
($1,373,000) owed to it by Town Pages UK Limited into 850,000 of our Series A
preferred shares, which have priority over our ordinary shares with respect to
dividend and liquidation rights and are convertible into ordinary shares at 120%
of the initial public offering price per ADS, commencing on May 5, 2000. The
balance of the indebtedness owed to that corporate affiliate was repaid from the
net proceeds of our initial public offering.

  WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY PROTECT OUR PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

     Our success and ability to compete is dependent in part on the protection
of our original content for the Internet and on the goodwill associated with our
trademarks, trade names and trade secrets. A substantial amount of uncertainty
exists concerning the application of copyright laws to the Internet, and there
can be no assurance that existing laws will provide adequate protection for our
original content. In addition, because copyright laws do not prohibit
independent development of similar content, there can be no assurance that
copyright laws will provide us with any competitive advantage.

     We will rely on trade secret and copyright laws to protect the proprietary
technologies, primarily in the form of software, that we may develop in the
future to manage and improve our Web site and advertising services, but there
can be no assurance that those laws will provide sufficient protection to us,
that others will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to ours,
or that third parties will not copy or otherwise obtain and use our technologies
without authorization.

     Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary technology and other
intellectual property rights could entail significant expense and could be
difficult or impossible, particularly given the global nature of the Internet
and the fact that the laws of other countries may afford us little or no
effective protection of our intellectual property.

     In addition, we rely on certain technology licensed from third parties, and
may be required to license additional technology in the future. There can be no
assurance that these third-party technology licenses will be available or will
continue to be available to us on acceptable commercial terms or at all. If we
are unable to enter into and maintain any of these technology licenses, it could
damage our business.

  OTHER COMPANIES MAY CLAIM WE ARE INFRINGING UPON THEIR PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY

     Given the nature of our business, we can not give assurance that third
parties will not bring claims of copyright or trademark infringement against us
or claim that our use of certain technologies violates a patent. Further, there
can be no assurance that third parties will not claim that we have
misappropriated their creative ideas or formats or otherwise infringed on their
proprietary rights in connection with our Internet content. We are not aware of
any claims. Any claims of infringement, with or without merit, could be time
consuming to defend, result in costly litigation, divert management attention,
require us to enter into costly royalty or licensing arrangements or prevent us
from using important technologies or methods, any of which could damage our
business and financial condition.

  WE NEED TO CONTINUALLY OBTAIN OR DEVELOP AND DISPLAY USEFUL CONTENT IN AN
  ATTRACTIVE FASHION TO ATTRACT USERS AND ADVERTISERS

     Our success depends in part upon our ability to deliver interactive,
locally-focused content in order to attract consumers with demographic
characteristics valuable to our customers. Rapidly changing technology, emerging
industry standards and consumer requirements that are subject to rapid change
and frequent new service introductions characterize the markets for our
services. These characteristics are exacerbated by the emerging nature of the
local interactive content and service market and the expectation that many
companies may introduce new Internet products and services addressing this
market in the near future. There can be no

                                       38
<PAGE>   40

assurance that we will be successful in obtaining or developing and providing
new content and services or enhancing our existing local information services on
a timely basis, or that our content and services will effectively address
requirements of consumers or our customers or achieve market acceptance.

  WE MAY BE HELD LIABLE FOR ONLINE CONTENT PROVIDED BY THIRD PARTIES

     We may face potential liability for defamation, negligence, copyright,
patent or trademark infringement and other claims based on the nature and
content of the materials that appear on TownPages. Claims of this type have been
brought, and sometimes successfully pressed, against online services. Although
we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover all claims or
may not be adequate to indemnify us for any liability that may be imposed. Any
imposition of liability, particularly liability that is not covered by insurance
or is in excess of our insurance coverage, could have a material adverse effect
on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

  USERS MAY CONFUSE OTHER COMPANIES' DOMAIN NAMES WITH OUR OWN

     TownPages UK Limited has registered with the InterNIC registration service,
the Internet domain names: www.townpagesnet.com, www.townpages.co.uk,
www.townpages.org, www.townpagesplc.com, www.townpagesus.com,
www.townpagesuk.com, and www.townpageseu.com. However, there are other
substantially similar domain names which are registered by companies which may
compete with us and our subsidiaries. In addition, new domains may be added in
the future, allowing combinations and similar domain names that may be
confusingly similar to our own. There can be no assurance that potential users
and advertisers will not confuse our domain names with other similar domain
names. If that confusion occurs,

     - we may lose business to a competitor, and

     - have to adjust our advertising rates and service fees accordingly, or

     - some users of our services may have negative experiences with other
       companies on their Web sites that those users erroneously associate with
       us.

  OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS ON ACCEPTANCE OF THE INTERNET AS AN EFFECTIVE ADVERTISING
  MEDIUM AND COMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION SEARCH TOOL

     The Internet is still a relatively new medium for advertising,
communications, and information search and retrieval. Advertisers may not agree
with our view that Internet advertising can be an effective means for satisfying
their needs. We may be unable to persuade a large enough number of consumers and
advertisers that our service satisfies their needs and does so better than
traditional methods for advertising, communications, or information search and
retrieval, or other Internet providers. Use of the Internet by consumers and
advertisers would be hindered if the reliability, speed, security, and ease in
use of the Internet and increased access to the Internet, through personal
computers or otherwise, does not continue to improve. Also, as consumers and
potential customers develop an awareness of how best to use the Internet, they
may find that our Web site and services do not satisfy their demands. If that
happens, we may be unable to adapt our services to meet those demands.
Furthermore, potential customers may not agree on standards for determining how
to measure the effectiveness of Internet advertising, or whether it is more
effective than traditional advertising methods.

  OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED BY ACTUAL OR THREATENED PENETRATION OF OUR
NETWORK SECURITY

     Although we are not aware of any attempts by programmers or "hackers" to
penetrate our network security, there can be no assurance that those actions
will not occur in the future. A party who is able to penetrate our network
security could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in
the operation of TownPages, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. We may be required to
expend significant capital and resources to protect against the threat of
security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches. Concerns
over the security of Internet transactions and the privacy of users may also
inhibit the growth of the Internet, particularly as a

                                       39
<PAGE>   41

means of conducting commercial transactions. Security breaches or the
inadvertent transmission of computer viruses could expose us to a risk of loss
or litigation and possible liability. We do not have "errors and omissions" or
other insurance coverage specifically against losses which might be incurred due
to computer viruses or product defects. Our business, results of operations, and
financial condition could be materially adversely effected if contractual
provisions attempting to limit our liability in these areas are not successful
or enforceable, or if other parties do not accept these contractual provisions
as part of our agreements.

  OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS SPECIFICALLY ON THE INTERNET INFRASTRUCTURE

     Many of the Internet service providers, online service providers and other
Web site operators on whom we depend have experienced significant service
slowdowns, malfunctions, outages and capacity limitations. We also depend upon
the reliability, speed, data capacity, ease of use, accessibility and security
of the Internet as well as its continued development and acceptance for
commercial use generally. A satisfactory Internet experience may also depend on
the proper functioning and the continued development of equipment such as high
speed modems and personal computers. New protocols or standards have been
developed to handle new systems and increased level of activity at higher speeds
in compliance with governmental regulations. Not all software and equipment
protocols and standards are compatible. Users may experience difficulties due to
computer-related, telecommunications, or other equipment, software, or system
failures or shortcomings unrelated to our services. If users experience these
difficulties, our reputation could be harmed. Moreover, failure of Internet
service providers or online service providers to provide access to the Internet
to our customers and users would prevent them from accessing our Web site, which
could result in reducing the marketability of our services and an eventual loss
of customers.

  WE MUST CONSTANTLY ADAPT TO RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

     Our industry is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving
industry standards, frequent new service and product introductions and
enhancements, and changing customer demands. Our success will depend, in part,
on our ability to adapt rapidly to these developments. We must maintain adequate
financial and technical resources to adapt to these changes or our systems and
technologies could become incompatible or inefficient due to rapidly evolving
software, computer hardware, and telecommunications standards.

  OUR BUSINESS WOULD BE HARMED IF SERVICE WAS INTERRUPTED DUE TO HARDWARE,
  SOFTWARE, TELECOMMUNICATIONS OR OTHER BREAKDOWNS

     Our operations may be interrupted if the computer, computer-related,
telecommunications, or other equipment and software owned by us or by service
providers upon whom we depend are damaged or prevented from operating. If we
experience a temporary or permanent business interruption, whether due to a
casualty or an operating malfunction, as a result of a move or otherwise, our
business, operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. We do
not have any business interruption insurance, and our property insurance may not
cover that type of loss.

  WE ARE DEPENDANT ON OUR KEY MANAGEMENT

     We depend upon our senior management team, led by Robert Bradshaw and
Richard Walker, to successfully implement our business strategy. If Mr. Bradshaw
or Mr. Walker or other members of the senior management team become unable or
unwilling to continue in their present positions, our business and financial
conditions could be damaged. We do not currently maintain key man life insurance
on any of our officers.

  WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN NEEDED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

     Currently, a large portion of our business involves Web site design,
development and maintenance and network and kiosk operations, maintenance and
repair. Our success depends in large part upon our ability to attract, train,
motivate and retain qualified technical personnel. We may be unable to do so,
particularly in view of the strong competition for individuals with Internet and
related technical experience.

                                       40
<PAGE>   42

  WE MAY BECOME SUBJECT TO BURDENSOME GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     There are currently few laws and regulations directly applicable to access
to or commerce on the Internet. However, due to the increasing popularity and
use of the Internet, it is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be
adopted, or existing laws or regulations may be applied differently, with
respect to the Internet, covering issues such as user privacy, pricing and
quality of services. These laws and regulations could hinder growth in use of
the Internet generally and decrease the acceptance of the Internet as a
communications and commercial medium, and could thereby cause our business to
suffer. In addition, several telecommunications carriers are seeking to have
telecommunications over the Internet regulated by agencies such as the Federal
Communications Commission in the United States in the same manner as other
telecommunications services. The costs of communicating on the Internet could
increase substantially as a result of this type of regulation in the United
States, the United Kingdom, or elsewhere, potentially slowing the growth in use
of the Internet.

     The placement and operation of our external kiosks are also subject to
various local zoning and similar laws and regulations which could delay,
preclude, or increase the cost of kiosk installation and operation.

  THE PRICE OF OUR SECURITIES MAY BE HIGHLY VOLATILE

     The stock markets generally, and the Internet sector in particular, have
experienced and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and
volume fluctuations. This could result in sharp decreases in the price of our
securities no matter how well or poorly we perform. The trading price of our
securities could also fluctuate significantly in response to fluctuations in
quarterly operating results, failures to meet analysts' expectations,
developments in the Internet industry and our business, and other factors.

  WE DO NOT PLAN TO PAY CASH DIVIDENDS

     We are prohibited from paying cash dividends on our ordinary shares in any
year in which we do not first declare and pay a 9% dividend on our Series A
preferred shares. In any case, we do not currently intend to pay any cash
dividends. In addition, if we intended to pay dividends, under English corporate
law dividends are only payable out of distributable reserves, which are
essentially equivalent to retained earnings. We currently have no distributable
reserves and we cannot determine at this time if or when we will generate any.

  A SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     The market price of our ADSs could drop as a result of sales of substantial
amounts of our ordinary shares or ADSs in the public market or the perception
that such sales may occur. These factors could also make it more difficult for
us to raise funds through future offerings of stock.

     The 2,200,000 ordinary shares in the form of ADSs sold in our initial
public offering are freely tradable without restriction except for any shares
purchased by our "affiliates" as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

     Our remaining 5,000,000 outstanding ordinary shares are "restricted
securities" as defined in Rule 144. Those shares may only be resold if there is
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering those
shares or an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or otherwise is
available. The holders of all currently outstanding 5,000,000 ordinary shares
have agreed that they will not sell any ordinary shares without the prior
consent of the representative of the underwriters in our initial public offering
until May 5, 2000. We intend to register all ordinary shares reserved for
issuance under our stock option plan. Ordinary shares covered by such
registration will be eligible for resale in the public market, subject to Rule
144 limitations applicable to "affiliates" and to the lock-up agreements
described above.

     Our stock options and warrants are likely to be exercised, if at all, at a
time when we otherwise could obtain a price for the sale of our ordinary shares
or ADSs that is higher than the exercise price per share of the options or
warrants. Any such exercise or the possibility of such exercise may impede our
efforts to obtain additional financing through the sale of additional securities
or make such financing more costly.

                                       41
<PAGE>   43

  PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE TO OUR ADS HOLDERS

     Under English corporate law, whenever we issue new shares for cash, subject
to limited exceptions, we must grant to all of our shareholders, including
holders of our ADSs, preemptive rights to purchase a sufficient number of shares
to maintain their existing ownership percentage. These statutory preemptive
rights will not apply to our authorized but currently unissued shares for the
period commencing December 15, 1998 and ending on December 31, 2003, but will
apply thereafter. In any event, we may not be able to offer preemptive rights to
US holders of ADSs unless an effective registration statement exists under the
Securities Act covering those rights and the underlying shares. We intend to
evaluate at the time of any rights offering the costs and potential liabilities
and benefits to us of enabling US holders of ADSs to exercise preemptive rights,
and then make a decision whether to file such a registration statement. If
holders of ADSs are unable to exercise preemptive rights because no registration
statement is filed or effective, Bankers Trust will attempt to sell the holders'
preemptive rights if a viable secondary market exists and a profit can be
realized after expenses. Bankers Trust would then distribute the net proceeds of
the sale, net of Bankers Trust's fees and expenses, to the holders of the ADSs.
The equity interests of the holders of ADSs would be diluted proportionately if
they are unable to exercise preemptive rights.

  YOU MAY BE SUBJECT TO BOTH UNITED STATES AND UNITED KINGDOM TAXES

     We strongly urge you to consult with your tax advisors concerning the
consequences of investing in our ADSs. Our ADSs are traded in the United States,
but we are organized under the laws of England and Wales. A U.S. holder of our
ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares for purposes
of US and U.K. tax laws. Therefore, US federal, state and local tax laws and UK
tax laws will apply to ownership of our ADSs and the underlying ordinary shares.
Tax laws of other jurisdictions may also apply.

  MARKET PRICE OF OUR ADSS MAY BE SUBJECT TO FOREIGN EXCHANGE FLUCTUATIONS

     Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the British pound sterling and
the US dollar are likely to affect the market price of the ADSs. For example,
even though our financial statements are reported in British pounds sterling, if
the value of the British pound sterling falls against the US dollar, our
earnings per share in US dollars would be reduced. This may adversely affect the
price at which our ADSs trade on US securities markets.

  UNITED STATES CIVIL LIABILITIES MAY NOT BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST US

     All of our directors and executive officers and certain of the experts
named in this prospectus are not residents of the United States and virtually
all of the assets of these persons and virtually all of our assets are located
outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to serve
summons and complaints within the United States upon these persons. Similarly,
it may not be possible to enforce in US courts, against these persons or against
us, judgments of the US courts based upon civil liability provisions of the US
federal or state securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult for you in
original suits or in suits for the enforcement of judgments of US courts to
enforce certain civil liabilities based upon US federal or state securities laws
in England against us or our directors or executive officers, or our experts.

  UNDER UK LAW A VOTE OF 75% OF THE STOCKHOLDERS IS REQUIRED TO APPROVE CERTAIN
  SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS

     Under English law we are required to obtain the vote or consent of holders
of 75% of our outstanding ordinary shares to complete certain significant
transactions, including a merger with another corporation in some circumstances.
This may make it more difficult for us to complete a merger or sale of our
company which is deemed beneficial by our board of directors.

ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.

     The executive offices of TownPages Net.com plc are located at 11 Market
Square, Alton, Hampshire, England GU34 1HD, United Kingdom, where we occupy
approximately 242 square meters (approximately
                                       42
<PAGE>   44

2,540 square feet) of office space under a lease assigned to Town Pages UK
Limited by Westbrook Property Developments Ltd. for Pounds Sterling 1. We pay
approximately Pounds Sterling 36,000 ($58,000) per year in rent under the lease.
Westbrook Property Developments Ltd. leased the premises from Lloyds Bank plc in
1989 for a 25 year term. Prior to the assignment, Westbrook licensed the space
to us. The lease terminates on September 28, 2014. Andrew Neville Lyndon-Skeggs,
our president and one of our directors, is the founder, Managing Director, and
the beneficial owner of all of the shares of Westbrook Property Developments
Ltd.

     The information technology department of Town Pages UK Limited is based at
Welton House, Mill Lane in Alton, Hampshire, where we have a sublease expiring
on April 26, 2006 for the ground floor. The rent is Pounds Sterling 5,674 per
year.

     Town Pages UK Limited also uses premises for its council liaison department
at Suite 4, Ground Floor, Dallam Court, Dallam Lane in Warrington under a
license. We pay a monthly fee of Pounds Sterling 150 plus VAT for which we also
receive the supply of certain business services. The agreement is terminable on
one calendar month's notice.

     Morbria Limited occupies three units at Empress Buildings, 380 Chester Road
in Manchester, United Kingdom under a lease expiring on July 12, 2009. The rent
is Pounds Sterling 36,750 per year.

     Buyersguide Limited has its principal offices at 1(st) and 2(nd) Floors, 2
Osborne Terrace, Jesmond, in Newcastle upon Tyne, United Kingdom under a
month-to-month lease. The rent is Pounds Sterling 1,667 per month. Buyersguide
also has an additional telesales office located in 1(st) Floor, 25 York Place,
in Leeds, United Kingdom, also on a month-to-month basis. The rent is Pounds
Sterling 1,000 per month.

     WWW.CO.UK Limited occupies premises at 34/36 Orchard Road, Lytham St.
Annes, in Lancashire, United Kingdom under a seven year lease expiring on
September 28, 2005. The rent is Pounds Sterling 25,000 per year.

     Research Sales, Inc. has its primary offices in a rented 3,700 square foot
facility at 1932 Monroe-Weddington Road in Matthews, North Carolina. We moved
into these facilities in early March 2000 and are currently using one-third of
the space. The rent is approximately $1,718.00 per month. We will build out the
rest of the space to meet our growth needs by September 2000. We also have a
research and development office located in Raleigh, North Carolina. The rent is
$775.00 per month.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     We are not involved in any pending or, to our knowledge, threatened legal
proceedings. We may from time to time become a party to various legal
proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

ITEM 4.  CONTROL OF REGISTRANT.

     The following table contains information concerning (1) those persons whom
we know beneficially own more than 10% of our outstanding ordinary shares, and
(2) the total number of our ordinary shares owned by our directors and executive
officers as a group. To our knowledge, no person beneficially owns more than 10%
of our outstanding ADSs, and none of our directors or executive officers owns
any of our ADSs. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, this
information is based on share ownership as of December 31, 1999. Except as
otherwise noted, the persons named in this table, based upon information
provided by those persons to us, have sole voting and investment power with
respect to all ordinary shares or ADSs beneficially owned by them. Unless
otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o
TownPagesNet.com plc, 11 Market Square, Alton, Hampshire, England GU34 1HD,
United Kingdom. Ordinary shares beneficially owned and percentage of ownership
are based on 9,597,718 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 1999. ADSs
beneficially owned and percentage of ownership are based on 2,200,000 ADSs
outstanding as of December 31, 1999. Beneficial ownership is determined in
accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
generally includes voting or dispositive power with respect to our ordinary
shares.

                                       43
<PAGE>   45

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF         PERCENTAGE OF OUTSTANDING
                                                         ORDINARY SHARES           ORDINARY SHARES
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                    BENEFICIALLY OWNED       BENEFICIALLY OWNED
- ------------------------------------                    ------------------    -------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                   <C>
Raven Ventures Limited................................      4,500,000                   46.89%
  La Motte Chambers
  St. Helier, Jersey,
  Channel Islands JE11BJ
Kevin R. Leech........................................      4,500,000                   46.89%
  La Motte Chambers
  St. Helier, Jersey,
  Channel Islands JE11BJ
All directors and executive officers as a group (9
  persons)............................................      4,841,500                   50.44%
</TABLE>

ITEM 5.  NATURE OF TRADING MARKET.

MARKET INFORMATION

     Our ordinary shares are not directly publicly traded in the United States
or any foreign market. Our ADSs are traded on the American Stock Exchange. Each
ADS represents one ordinary share. Price quotations for our ADSs were reported
on the AMEX under the symbol "TPN" beginning on May 5, 1999. As of December 31,
1999, we had 9,583,936 ordinary shares issued and outstanding of which 2,200,000
are represented by ADSs evidenced by ADRs issued by Bankers Trust Company, as
depositary. As of December 31, 1999, all 2,200,000 of our ADSs were held of
record by one registered holder, our depositary, a United States company. This
represents approximately 23% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

     The following table sets forth the high and low closing sale prices for our
ADSs (rounded to the nearest cent), on the AMEX, from the beginning of trading
on May 5, 1999 to March 31, 2000. Such prices do not reflect retail markup,
markdown or commissions and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               HIGH       LOW
                                                              -------    ------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
FISCAL 1999
  Second Quarter (from May 1999)............................  $10.125    $6.625
  Third Quarter.............................................  $ 9.375    $6.250
  Fourth Quarter............................................  $ 7.875    $4.250
FISCAL 2000
  First Quarter.............................................  $ 9.375    $4.875
</TABLE>

DIVIDEND INFORMATION

     We have never paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and do not
anticipate paying cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable
future.

REGISTRAR, TRANSFER AGENT AND DEPOSITARY

     Lloyd's Registrars acts as our registrar and transfer agent. Bankers Trust
Company acts as our depositary with respect to our American Depositary Receipts.

ITEM 6. EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SECURITY HOLDERS

     There are currently no United Kingdom foreign exchange control restrictions
on the payment of dividends or other payments to holders of ordinary shares or
on the conduct of our operations.

     There are currently no restrictions under our Memorandum or Articles of
Association or under English law which limit the rights of non-resident or
foreign owners to freely hold, vote and transfer ordinary shares in the same
manner as United Kingdom residents or nationals.

                                       44
<PAGE>   46

ITEM 7.  TAXATION.

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX AND UNITED KINGDOM TAX CONSEQUENCES TO PERSONS
WHO ARE OWNERS OF ADSS

     The following generally summarizes certain United States federal and United
Kingdom tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs
evidenced by ADRs to citizens or residents of the United States for United
States federal income tax purposes (who are not also resident or, in the case of
individuals, ordinarily resident, in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax
purposes), corporations or partnerships created or organized under the laws of
the United States or any State thereof, or estates or trusts the income of which
is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source
(collectively, "U.S. Holders"). This summary does not address any U.S. state
income tax consequences to any U.S. Holder.

     The statements of United States and United Kingdom tax laws set out below
are based (i) on the laws in force and as interpreted by the relevant taxation
authorities as of the date of this Annual Report and are subject to any changes
in the United States or English law, or in the interpretation thereof by the
relevant taxation authorities, or in the double taxation conventions between the
United States and the United Kingdom (the "Conventions"), occurring after such
date and (ii) in part, on representations of the Depositary, and assume that
each obligation in the Deposit Agreement (the "Deposit Agreement") entered into
by the Company, the Depositary, and the registered holders of ADRs and the
owners of a beneficial interest in bank entry ADRs, and any related agreement
will be performed in accordance with its terms. No assurance can be given that
taxing authorities or the courts will agree with this analysis.

     This summary is of a general nature only and does not discuss all aspects
of United States and United Kingdom taxation that may be relevant to a
particular investor. This summary deals only with ADRs held as capital assets
and does not address special classes of purchasers, such as dealers in
securities, persons who hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as part of a larger
integrated financial transaction or straddle, U.S. Holders whose functional
currency is not the United States dollar and certain U.S. Holders (including,
but not limited to, insurance companies, tax exempt organizations, financial
institutions and persons subject to the alternative minimum tax) who may be
subject to special rules not discussed below. In particular, the following
summary does not address the adverse tax treatment of U.S. Holders who own,
directly or by attribution, 10% or more of the Company's outstanding voting
share capital in the event that the Company were to be classified as a
"controlled foreign corporation" for United States federal tax purposes.
Although the Company was not a controlled foreign corporation as of the date of
this Annual Report, there can be no assurance that it will not be a controlled
foreign corporation in the future. This summary does not address the U.S.
federal income tax consequences to the Company or any U.S. Holder if the Company
is determined to be a foreign personal holding company, a personal holding
company or a passive foreign investment company, as such terms are defined for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.

     For purposes of the Conventions and the United States Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Internal Revenue Code"), U.S. Holders will be treated
as the beneficial owners of the Ordinary Shares represented by ADSs evidenced by
ADRs.

TAXATION OF DIVIDENDS

  United Kingdom

     Under current U.K. law, if dividends are paid by the Company, U.K. resident
individual shareholders will receive a notional (non-repayable) tax credit equal
to one-ninth of the net cash dividend (10% of the gross dividend) such that the
individual's lower and basic rate tax liability on the amount of the dividend
and notional tax credit will be satisfied. Only higher rate taxpayers will be
required to pay any further income tax (equivalent to 25% of the dividend
received).

     Different rules and rates apply to shareholders who are trustees of U.K.
resident trusts.

     Dividends paid by U.K. resident companies to other U.K. resident companies
carry a tax credit (currently one-ninth) in respect of the amount of the
dividend. The dividend and tax credit will constitute franked investment income
in the hands of the recipient company and normally a UK resident company will
not be
                                       45
<PAGE>   47

liable to UK tax on any such dividends. For dividends paid on or after April 6,
1999, U.K. companies are no longer entitled to claim a repayment of the tax
credit in any circumstances.

     An Eligible U.S. Holder (as defined in the Convention) is entitled under
the Convention relating to income taxes (the "Income Tax Convention") and
current United Kingdom tax legislation to claim from the United Kingdom Inland
Revenue a refund (a "Treaty Payment") for an amount equal to the amount of the
tax credit to which an individual resident in the United Kingdom for United
Kingdom tax purposes would have been entitled had he received the dividend (the
"Tax Credit Amount") subject to a United Kingdom withholding tax of 15% of the
sum of the dividend paid and the related Tax Credit Amount. However, the
reduction in the rate of the tax credit from April 6, 1999 to one-ninth of the
amount of any dividend means that Eligible U.S. Holders have ceased to be able
to obtain a Treaty Payment as from that date. It should be noted that the United
States Treasury announced on October 1, 1998, its intention to hold a round of
talks with the United Kingdom for the purpose of updating the Income Tax
Convention to reflect tax law developments in the respective countries. It is
not anticipated that any new Income Tax Convention will be effective prior to
January 1, 2000.

  United States

     Subject to the discussion below under the heading "Passive Foreign
Investment Company Considerations," for United States federal income tax
purposes, the gross amount of a dividend plus the Tax Credit Amount (i) will be
included in gross income by an Eligible U.S. Holder and (ii) will be treated as
foreign source dividend income to the extent paid out of current or accumulated
earnings and profits as determined for United States federal income tax
purposes. Subject to certain limitations including certain minimum holding
periods, the 15% United Kingdom withholding tax will be treated as a foreign
income tax eligible for direct credit against such Eligible U.S. Holder's United
States federal income taxes. For the purposes of the foreign tax credit
limitation, dividends distributed by the Company will generally constitute
"passive income" or, in the case of certain holders, "financial services
income." The consequences of these limitations will depend on the nature and
sources of each U.S. Holder's income and the deductions appropriately allocated
or apportioned thereto. No dividends received deduction will be allowed with
respect to dividends paid by the Company. If dividends paid by the Company were
to exceed its current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined for
United States federal income tax purposes, such excess will be treated as a
non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder's adjusted basis
in the ADSs, and any excess will be treated as a capital gain.

     As mentioned above, certain minimum holding periods must be met in order
for a U.S. Holder to credit the foreign tax imposed on foreign source dividends.
For dividends paid or accrued after September 4, 1997, a U.S. Holder will be
denied a foreign tax credit for foreign withholding taxes imposed on a dividend
if the U.S. Holder has not held the ordinary share or ADS for more than 15 days
in the 30-day holding period beginning 15 days before the ex-dividend date. Any
days during which a U.S. Holder has substantially diminished its risk of loss on
the ordinary share or ADS are not counted toward meeting the holding period
required by statute. A U.S. Holder that is under an obligation to make related
payments with respect to the ordinary shares or ADRs (or substantially similar
or related property) also is not entitled to claim a foreign tax credit with
respect to a foreign tax imposed on a dividend. U.S. Holders that fail to meet
the holding period requirements are instead allowed a deduction equal to the
foreign tax credits disallowed.

TAXATION OF CAPITAL GAINS

  United Kingdom

     A U.S. Holder who is not resident or ordinarily resident in the United
Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes will not be liable for United Kingdom
tax on capital gains realized or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ADSs
unless the ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by
such U.S. Holder in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency which
constitutes a permanent establishment or fixed base, and the ADSs are or have
been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade or business of such
branch or agency.

                                       46
<PAGE>   48

  United States

     Subject to the discussion below under the heading "Passive Foreign
Investment Company Considerations," a U.S. Holder will be liable for United
States federal income tax on such gains to the same extent as on any other gains
from sales or dispositions of stock. In the case of individual U.S. Holders,
such gains may be eligible for preferential capital gains rates depending on
holding period, date of sale and the individual's marginal federal income tax
rate. Generally, for sales or exchanges of stock that occur after December 31,
1997, any capital gain will be subject to a maximum tax rate of 20% for shares
held for more than one year. Shares held less than one year will be treated as
short-term capital gain and taxed as ordinary income at the U.S. Holder's
marginal income tax rate. Capital gains and losses realized on the disposition
of ordinary shares generally will be United States source gains and losses for
purposes of the United States foreign tax credit limitations.

     A U.S. Holder that is liable for both United Kingdom and United States tax
on a gain on the disposal of the ADSs should generally be entitled, subject to
certain limitations and pursuant to the Income Tax Convention, to credit the
amount of United Kingdom capital gains or corporation tax, as the case may be,
paid in respect of such gain against such U.S. Holder's United States federal
income tax liability in respect of such gain. U.S. Holders should seek
professional tax advice to determine their entitlement to credit United Kingdom
tax against their United States federal income tax liability.

PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

     If the Company were deemed to be a passive foreign investment company (a
"PFIC") for United States federal income tax purposes, any gain recognized by a
U.S. Holder upon the sale of ADSs (or receipt of certain distributions) would be
treated as ordinary income. Such income would be allocated over the holding
period of the U.S. Holder and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount
of deferred tax on such income allocated to prior taxable years. The Company
will be classified as a PFIC if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income is
passive income or (ii) 50% or more of its average assets by value produce or are
held for the production of passive income (including cash). The Company has
determined that it was not a PFIC for its taxable year ended December 31, 1997
and intends to manage its business so as not to become a PFIC. If the Company
were determined to be a PFIC, however, a U.S. Holder could elect to treat his or
her ADSs as an interest in a qualified electing fund (a "QEF Election"), in
which case, the U.S. Holder would be required to include in income his or her
proportionate share of the Company's earnings and profits in years in which the
Company is a PFIC, but any gain subsequently recognized upon the sale by such
U.S. Holder of his or her ADSs generally would be taxed as a capital gain. The
Company will continue to monitor its status and will, promptly following the end
of each taxable year, notify shareholders if it believes that it is properly
classified as a PFIC for that taxable year to enable U.S. Holders to consider
whether to make a QEF Election. In addition, the Company intends to comply with
the applicable information reporting requirements for U.S. Holders to make a QEF
Election. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisers regarding the
eligibility, manner and advisability of making the QEF Election if the Company
is treated as a PFIC. If the Company were deemed to be a PFIC, in addition to
the QEF election, under the mark-to-market regime, an electing shareholder may
also report as gross income (or loss) any amount by which the stock's fair
market value exceeds (or is less than) the tax basis in the stock at year end.

UNITED KINGDOM INHERITANCE TAX

     An ADS beneficially owned by an individual U.S. Holder who is domiciled in
the United States for the purposes of the Convention relating to estate and gift
taxes (the "Estate and Gift Tax Convention") is not subject to United Kingdom
inheritance tax on the individual's death or on a gift made by the individual
during his lifetime, except where the ADS is part of the business property of a
United Kingdom permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a United
Kingdom fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent
personal services. The Estate and Gift Tax Convention generally provides for tax
paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against tax payable in the United
States and for tax paid in the United States to be credited against any tax
payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth

                                       47
<PAGE>   49

in that Convention, in a case where an ADS is subject to both United Kingdom
inheritance tax and United States federal gift or estate tax. There are special
rules applying to trusts.

UNITED STATES GIFT AND ESTATE TAXES

     An individual U.S. Holder will be subject to United States gift and estate
taxes with respect to the ADRs in the same manner and to the same extent as with
respect to other types of personal property.

UNITED KINGDOM STAMP DUTY AND STAMP DUTY RESERVE TAX

     The acquisition or transfer of Ordinary Shares is subject to U.K. stamp
duty at Pounds Sterling 0.50 per Pounds Sterling 100 (or part thereof) of the
consideration price. There is also a charge to U.K. Stamp Duty Reserve Tax
("SDRT") at 0.5% of the consideration on the agreement to transfer Ordinary
Shares but repayament of SDRT may be obtained if an instrument to transfer the
Ordinary Shares is executed and stamp duty is paid within six years of the date
of the agreement (or, in the case of a conditional agreement, when the condition
is satisfied).

     Stamp duty or SDRT at the same rates arise on the deposit of Ordinary
Shares with the Custodian of a Depositary (or certain persons providing
clearance services) or their nominees or agents and will be payable by the
Depositary or such person, under the Deposit Agreement. In accordance with the
terms of the Deposit Agreement, holders of ADRs must pay an amount in respect of
such tax to the Depositary.

     There is no U.K. Stamp Duty on the acquisition or transfer of an ADS
provided that any agreement to transfer the ADS is executed and retained outside
the U.K. The transfer of Ordinary Shares by the Custodian of the Depositary (or
its nominee) to the ADS holder will attract stamp duty of Pounds Sterling 0.50
provided the ADS holder is not transferring beneficial ownership.

     If the pending United Kingdom Finance Bill is enacted, the Stamp Duty of
Pounds Sterling 0.50 per Pounds Sterling 100 (or part thereof) will increase to
Pounds Sterling 5.00 per Pounds Sterling 100 (or part thereof) with effect from
October 1, 1999 and additionally, interest (at a variable rate to be fixed by
the Government regulations) will become payable on Stamp Duty due on any
instrument which is not paid within 30 days of execution of the instrument. This
will also apply to instruments executed outside the U.K. if they are later
brought into the U.K., thereby becoming liable to Stamp Duty, in which case
interest on unpaid Stamp Duty will accrue by reference to the date of execution.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

     In general, information reporting requirements will apply to dividend
payments (or other taxable distributions) in respect of ADSs or ordinary shares
made within the United States to a non-corporate United States person, and
"backup withholding" at a rate of 31% will apply to such payments if the holder
or beneficial owner fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number
in the manner required by United States law and applicable regulations, if there
has been notification from the Internal Revenue Services of a failure by the
holder or beneficial owner to report all interest or dividends required to be
shown on its federal income tax returns or, in certain circumstances, if the
holder or beneficial owner fails to comply with applicable certification
requirements. Certain corporations and persons that are not United States
persons may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting
and backup withholding by certifying their status on Internal Revenue Service
Forms W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-9.

     In general, payment of the proceeds from the sale of ADSs or ordinary
shares to or through a United States office of a broker is subject to both
United States backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder or
beneficial owner certifies its non-United States status under penalties of
perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. United States information
reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to a payment made
outside the United States of the proceeds of a sale of ADSs or ordinary shares
through an office outside the United States of a non-United States broker.
However, United States information reporting requirements (but not backup
withholding) will apply to a payment made outside the United States of the
proceeds of a sale of ADSs or ordinary shares through an office outside the
United States of a broker (a) that is a United States person, (b) that derives
50% or more of its gross income for a specified three-year period from the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (c) that is a "controlled
foreign corporation" as
                                       48
<PAGE>   50

to the United States, or (d) with respect to payments made after December 31,
1999, that is a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year, one or
more of its partners are U.S. persons (as defined in United States Treasury
Regulations) who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital
interest in the partnership or if, at any time during its tax year, such foreign
partnership is engaged in a United States trade or business, unless the broker
has documentary evidence in its files that the holder or beneficial owner is a
non-United States person or the holder or beneficial owner otherwise establishes
an exemption.

     Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against
a holder's tax liability, and a holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for
refund with the United States Internal Revenue Service.

                                       49
<PAGE>   51

ITEM 8.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following selected consolidated financial data each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1999 and at December 31, 1998 and 1999, are
derived from our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this annual report and which have been audited by Ernst &
Young, independent auditors. The selected consolidated financial data for the
period November 5, 1995 (inception) to December 31, 1995 and for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and at December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, were derived from our
consolidated financial statements which are not included in this annual report
and which have been audited by Ernst & Young, independent auditors.

     Solely for your convenience, certain US dollar amounts have been translated
from pounds sterling at the December 31, 1999 noon buying rate in New York City
for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York of (pounds sterling) 1.00 = $1.6150. The data below should be
read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and those consolidated financial statements
and the notes thereto.

                          STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    NOVEMBER 5,
                                  1995 (INCEPTION)                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  TO DECEMBER 31,    --------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1995           1996        1997         1998         1999          1999
                                  ----------------   ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                                        Amounts in
                                                      Amounts in Pounds Sterling                        US Dollars
<S>                               <C>                <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
Net revenues....................      L     --       L   6,225   L   8,359   L1,120,103   L 7,247,846   $11,705,271
Cost of revenues................            --          21,750      43,781      743,630     4,649,317     7,508,647
                                      --------       ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------   -----------
Gross profit (loss).............            --         (15,525)    (35,422)     376,473     2,598,529     4,196,624
Operating expenses
  Research and development......            --          21,148      40,832       67,910        77,371       124,954
  Sales and marketing...........            --          24,943      20,194      351,633     1,028,005     1,660,228
  General and administrative....         8,052          94,429     220,057      715,168     2,565,396     4,143,116
  Depreciation and
    amortization................            --           9,289      12,572       42,022     1,088,606     1,758,098
                                      --------       ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------   -----------
Total Operating expenses........         8,052         149,809     293,655    1,176,733     4,759,378     7,686,396
Loss from operations............        (8,052)       (165,334)   (329,077)    (800,260)   (2,160,849)   (3,489,772)
Other income (expense)..........            --          (1,575)    (17,487)     (71,836)      211,884       342,191
                                      --------       ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------   -----------
Loss before income taxes........        (8,052)       (166,909)   (346,564)    (872,096)   (1,948,965)   (3,147,581)
Provision for income taxes......            --              --          --           --       108,669       175,500
                                      --------       ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------   -----------
Net loss........................      L (8,052)      L(166,909)  L(346,564)  L (872,096)  L(2,057,634)  $(3,323,081)
                                      ========       =========   =========   ==========   ===========   ===========
Basic and diluted net loss per
  share.........................      L  (0.03)      L   (0.10)  L   (0.07)  L    (0.17)  L     (0.29)  $     (0.47)
                                      ========       =========   =========   ==========   ===========   ===========
Shares used in computing basic
  and diluted net loss per
  share.........................       236,626       1,672,225   5,000,000    5,000,000     7,111,075     7,111,075
                                      ========       =========   =========   ==========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

                               BALANCE SHEET DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1995      1996       1997         1998          1999          1999
                                   -------   -------   ---------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                               Amounts in
                                                  Amounts in Pounds Sterling                   US Dollars
<S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash and cash equivalents........  L    43   L 2,408   L  12,868   L    33,868   L   647,035   $ 1,044,962
Deferred revenue.................       --        --          --       228,244     4,425,939     7,147,892
Total assets.....................    1,948    20,544      36,437     1,631,931    28,860,947    46,610,431
Total stockholders' equity (net
  capital deficiency)............   (3,052)   (2,461)   (349,025)   (1,221,121)   18,657,048    30,131,133
</TABLE>

                                       50
<PAGE>   52

ITEM 9.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     We were incorporated in England and Wales on July 31, 1998 under the name
Town Pages Holdings plc. We acquired all of the share capital of Town Pages UK
Limited on December 15, 1998. Our name was changed to TownPagesNet.com plc in
April 1999. Town Pages UK Limited was incorporated on November 5, 1995. All
references to operations and financial condition for all fiscal periods prior to
December 15, 1998 are to the operations and financial condition of Town Pages UK
Limited.

     We successfully completed our initial public offering on May 5, 1999, when
we sold American Depository Shares representing 2,200,000 ordinary shares. The
net proceeds from that offering have primarily been used to make strategic
acquisitions to enhance our growth and provide working capital to roll out our
infrastructure expansion plans.

     Our primary subsidiary, Town Pages UK Limited, provides new media related
services to both consumers and businesses. Its business is divided into four
segments: the TownPages information service which provides comprehensive,
up-to-date, locally-focused information about specified towns and cities in the
United Kingdom; the Town Pages touch-screen kiosks; Web Channels and Web site
design services; and business-to-business new media services.

     Since our initial public offering, we have completed four acquisitions of
companies we believe present significant opportunities in addition to offering
technologies and/or expertise complementary to our business. The first three
acquisitions were of UK companies. The fourth company acquired is a US company.

     In July 1999, we completed the acquisition of the WWW.CO.UK Limited group
of companies. The WWW.CO.UK Limited companies provide cinema-related services
from Web site design through indoor cinema advertising. The acquisition
strengthened our sales personnel resources and also provided local community
content for our TownPages information service. This was followed in September by
the acquisition of Morbria Limited and its subsidiaries. Morbria and its
subsidiaries provide Web site design, advertising, marketing and communications
services. The Morbria acquisition had the effect of doubling our Web site design
personnel.

     In October 1999, we acquired Buyersguide Limited, an Internet-based
business-to-government company. The following month, we acquired Research Sales,
Inc. Research Sales is a polling and market research company. Our kiosks and Web
site provide additional opportunities for data collection for the Research
Sales, Inc. Portrait of America Web site. We also intend to develop a Portrait
of the UK Web site with Research Sales that would in turn provide additional
content for our Town Pages information service.

     We have incorporated the results of operations of these subsidiaries from
the date of acquisition. Hence, our fiscal 1999 figures do not reflect a full
year's trading from these businesses. Our stated net loss is after a charge of
L830,701 ($1,341,582) arising from amortization of goodwill arising from the
acquisitions.

     We had intended to roll out approximately 3,450 free-to-use public
information kiosks throughout the United Kingdom by striking partnerships with
UK local governments or councils to offer their communities a number of free
kiosks with free Internet access. We expected that UK government initiatives as
well as anticipated strong growth in demand for Internet access to facilitate
e-commerce would cause local governments in the United Kingdom to cooperate with
our expansion plans. Our business plan contemplated that our main revenue stream
would be generated through local advertising via the kiosks, and that once the
roll-out program reached critical mass, the local advertising would be largely
replaced by more lucrative national advertising contracts.

     We have decided to change the business strategy of Town Pages UK Limited
because we are disappointed with the reception of our kiosk roll-out program. We
believe that the slower than expected development of e-commerce in the United
Kingdom, coupled with the introduction of free Internet service providers such
as Freeserve and Altavista, have diminished the pressure on local governments to
cooperate with our plans, thereby delaying our roll-out program. Consequently,
we do not expect that sales revenues from our kiosks will meet our targets.

                                       51
<PAGE>   53

     In view of these conditions, as well as the increased prospect of
competition from other companies with the passage of time, we have revised our
approach to the roll-out of kiosks in terms of both the manner in which we
assess the numbers of kiosks to be installed in any given area and in the
targeting of suitable locations. We will focus on targeting cities and larger
towns at this time because we believe that there is more receptivity to kiosks
in those locales. In addition, we will install additional kiosks only where we
believe that there are easily identifiable revenue opportunities which will
support the costs of installing and maintaining the kiosks. In this connection,
we will seek agreements with businesses, principally national businesses, to
share the cost of installing and maintaining kiosks in return for co-branding
the kiosks. These steps will limit the number of kiosks that will be installed
in the foreseeable future to several hundred kiosks.

     We continue to be committed to the Town Pages concept, however, and believe
that a recent upturn in commercial and government interest in kiosks eventually
will improve the climate for a broader roll-out of our kiosks. In the meantime,
we intend to concentrate on expanding the revenue opportunities that we believe
are available through Town Pages's information service, our Web channels/Web
design services, and our business-to-business new media services.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table presents certain consolidated statement of operations
data for the periods indicated as a percentage of total net revenue.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------
                                                               1997      1998     1999
                                                              -------    -----    -----
                                                                 %         %        %
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>      <C>
Revenues:
  Advertising revenues......................................      61%       4%      18%
  Contract and other revenues...............................      39%      82%      28%
  Contract revenues from related parties....................      --%      14%      54%
                                                              ------     ----     ----
Total revenues..............................................     100%     100%     100%
Cost of revenues:
  Maintenance and hosting costs.............................      --%      16%      19%
  Cost of contract revenue & other..........................     524%      50%      28%
  Advertising and commission costs..........................      --%      --%      17%
                                                              ------     ----     ----
Total cost of revenue.......................................     524%      66%      64%
                                                              ------     ----     ----
Gross profit (loss).........................................    (424)%     34%      36%
Operating Expenses:
  Sales and marketing.......................................     242%      31%      14%
  Research and development..................................     488%       6%       1%
  General and administrative................................   2,633%      64%      35%
  Depreciation and amortisation.............................     150%       4%      15%
                                                              ------     ----     ----
Total operating expenses....................................   3,513%     105%      65%
                                                              ------     ----     ----
Loss from operations........................................  (3,937)%    (71)%    (29)%
Interest expense............................................    (213)%     (8)%     (1)%
Interest income.............................................       4%      --%       2%
Other income................................................      --%       2%      --%
Foreign exchange gain.......................................      --%      --%       2%
Minority interests..........................................      --%      --%      (1)%
                                                              ------     ----     ----
</TABLE>

                                       52
<PAGE>   54

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------
                                                               1997      1998     1999
                                                              -------    -----    -----
                                                                 %         %        %
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>      <C>
Loss before income taxes....................................  (4,146)%    (77)%    (27)%
Provision for income taxes..................................      --%      --%      (1)%
                                                              ------     ----     ----
Net loss....................................................  (4,146)%    (77)%    (28)%
                                                              ======     ====     ====
</TABLE>

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

REVENUES

  Advertising revenue

     Advertising revenue increased to Pounds Sterling 1,312,561 ($2,119,786) for
the year ended December 31, 1999 from Pounds Sterling 40,839 for the year ended
December 31, 1998. Advertising revenue derived from acquisitions during the
period amounted to Pounds Sterling 1,229,651 ($1,985,886).We anticipate that
revenues from this source will account for an increasing amount of net revenues
in the future as a) we are able to include a full year's results from each of
the acquisitions, and b) the future revenues of the acquired businesses increase
as anticipated.

  Contract revenue and other

     Contract and other revenues increased to Pounds Sterling 5,935,285
($9,585,485), of which Pounds Sterling 3,885,242 ($6,274,666) were with related
parties, for the year ended December 31, 1999, from Pounds Sterling 1,079,264 of
which Pounds Sterling 159,742 were with a related party for the year ended
December 31, 1998.

     The increase was principally due to the commencement of 20 new contracts
for complex web site design services during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1999. Revenues of L4,308,825 ($6,958,752) were recognized under the fiscal year
1999 contracts to December 31, 1999. These 20 contracts accounted for 59% of
total net revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999. We anticipate
that revenues from web site design services will form a lesser percentage of
total revenues as advertising and other services develop.

     Contract revenue derived from the acquisitions during the period amounted
to L325,209 ($525,213). We anticipate that contract revenues from the
acquisitions will remain constant, as the contracts pertain to established
secure business.

     Our management performs ongoing credit evaluations of our customers'
financial condition and generally does not require collateral on accounts
receivable. When required, we maintain allowances for credit losses and those
losses have not been material to date. The balance of the allowance for doubtful
accounts as of December 31, 1999 of L180,966 ($292,260). There was no provision
as of December 31, 1998. This increase is due to the inclusion of WWW and
Buyersguide which provide an allowance for specific bad debts.

COST OF REVENUES

  Maintenance and hosting costs

     Maintenance and hosting costs consist primarily of Internet connection
charges, Web site equipment leasing costs, purchase and installation of public
information point kiosks, repair and maintenance of equipment and systems,
collection, development, and processing for display on the TownPages service of
locally-focused content. Maintenance and hosting costs increased to L1,388,408
($2,242,279) for the year ended December 31, 1999, from L179,776 for the year
ended December 31, 1998. The increase in maintenance and hosting costs was
primarily due to the costs associated with the installation and maintenance of
additional TownPages kiosks and hosting costs in respect of channels. We
anticipate that those costs will continue to grow in absolute amounts for the
foreseeable future as we pursue our expansion plan.

                                       53
<PAGE>   55

  Costs of contract revenues and other

     Cost of contract and other revenues consists primarily of Web site design
and related operating costs. Cost of contract and other revenues increased to
L2,057,296 ($3,322,533) for the year ended December 31, 1999, from L563,854 for
the year ended December 31, 1998.

     The increase in costs was principally as a result of servicing the
additional web development channel contracts procured during the year.

     We would expect these costs to increase in future in proportion with
further channel contracts which may be procured and advertising sales gained.

     Cost of contract revenues and other relating to the acquisitions totaled
L416,182 ($672,134). As with the revenues, we anticipate the costs of contract
revenues to remain constant, and in proportion to the revenues attained.

  Advertising and commission costs

     Advertising and commission costs amounted to L1,203,613 ($1,943,835) for
the year ended December 31,1999. There was no equivalent in the prior year, as
these costs derived from commission and other direct selling costs with regard
to the advertising sales operations of the newly acquired subsidiaries. We would
expect these costs to grow in absolute terms in the future as a full year's
results from these acquisitions are included.

OPERATING EXPENSES

  Sales and marketing expenses

     Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries of sales and
marketing personnel, advertising and other marketing related expenses. Sales and
marketing expenses also include personnel costs and costs associated with our
radio, bus, direct mailings, printed ads, film trailer advertising and telesales
campaigns in the United Kingdom. Sales and marketing expenses increased to
L1,028,005 ($1,660,228) for the year ended December 31, 1999, from L351,633 for
the year ended December 31, 1998.

     The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to the
roll-out of TownPages and increases in the number of sales personnel and
expenses associated with promotion and marketing efforts. We expect that sales
and marketing expenses will grow significantly in pounds sterling for the
foreseeable future as we pursue our expansion and branding strategy and hire
additional sales and marketing personnel.

  Depreciation and amortization expenses

     Amortization expenses increased to L830,701 ($1,341,582) for the year ended
December 31, 1999, from nil for the year ended December 31, 1998. This increase
was principally the result of amortization of goodwill arising from acquisitions
made during the year. We expect this cost to increase further in the future to
reflect a full year's goodwill amortization charge.

  Research and development expenses

     Research and development expenses include expenses associated with the
development of services, products and our Web site and consist principally of
personnel costs, overhead costs, editorial costs, equipment depreciation and
supplies. These costs have been charged to research and development expenses as
incurred. Research and development expenses increased to L77,371 ($124,954) for
the year ended December 31, 1999, from L67,910 for the year ended December 31,
1998.

     The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to the
continued roll-out of TownPages kiosks and attendant increases in the number of
personnel involved in the development of our web site. We expect that research
and development expenses will continue to fall as a proportion of total revenue
as the business matures.

                                       54
<PAGE>   56

  General and administrative

     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and
related costs for general corporate functions, including finance, accounting,
facilities, legal and other fees for professional services. General and
administrative expenses increased to L2,565,396 ($4,143,116) for the year ended
December 31, 1999, from L715,168 for the year ended December 31, 1998.

     General and administrative expenses arising from the acquisitions totaled
L669,988 ($1,082,031), 26% of the total general and administrative costs.

     The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to
increases in the number of personnel to support the growth of our business,
increases in recruiting costs related to filling key senior executive positions
and costs associated with the increase in professional fees required for SEC and
general corporate governance compliance purposes. We expect that we will incur
additional general and administrative expenses in for the foreseeable future as
we hire additional personnel and incur additional expenses related to the growth
of the business and our operations as a public company.

  Interest and other income/expense, net

     Interest and other income/expenses, net includes income from our cash and
investments and expenses related to our financing obligations. Interest income,
net amounted to L118,190 ($190,876) compared to a net expense of L71,386 for the
year ended December 31, 1998.

     The turnaround was primarily due to the monies held on deposit following
the initial public offering and the repayment of the debenture loan. We
anticipate that the figure will reduce in the foreseeable future as our funds
are utilized for working capital purposes.

  Foreign exchange gain

     The foreign exchange gain amounted to L163,653 ($264,299) for the year
ended December 31, 1999. There was no equivalent in the prior year.

     The gain resulted from funds held in a US dollar account for a period of
time following the initial public offering and an appreciation in the dollar
rate against the pound sterling during that period. We do not anticipate similar
one off gains or losses in the foreseeable future.

  Net loss

     Due to a substantial increase in operating expenses to finance our
continued development, increased penetration of existing markets and expansion
into additional markets including our acquisition programme, the net loss after
provision for income taxes increased to L2,057,634 ($3,323,081) for the year
ended December 31, 1999, compared to a net loss of L872,096 for the year ended
December 31, 1998.

     We anticipate that losses may continue to arise on an annual and quarterly
basis for the foreseeable future.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997.

REVENUES

  Advertising revenues

     Advertising revenues increased to L40,839 for the year ended December 31,
1998, from L5,063 for the year ended December 31, 1997. The increase was due
primarily to the commencement of commercial operations of TownPages in
Winchester, England and an increase in the number of subscribers to the
TownPages service. We installed seven TownPages kiosks in Winchester, England in
late May 1998 and a kiosk in Brighton, England in July 1998.

                                       55
<PAGE>   57

  Contract revenue and other

     Contract and other revenues increased to L1,079,264, of which L159,742 are
with a related party, for the year ended December 31, 1998 from L3,296 for the
year ended December 31, 1997. The increase was due to the commencement of four
contracts for complex Web site design services during the fourth quarter of
1998. These four contracts accounted for 19%, 14%, 30% and 33% respectively of
total net revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998.

COST OF REVENUES

  Maintenance and hosting costs

     Maintenance and hosting costs consist primarily of Internet connection
charges, Web site equipment leasing costs, purchase and installation of public
information point kiosks, repair and maintenance of equipment and systems,
collection, development, and processing for display on TownPages of
locally-focused content. Maintenance and hosting costs increased to L179,776 for
the year ended December 31, 1998, from zero for the year ended December 31,
1997. The increase in maintenance and hosting costs was primarily due to the
costs associated with the installation and maintenance of the eight TownPages
kiosks.

  Costs of contract and other revenues

     Cost of contract and other revenues consists primarily of certain Web site
design costs and related operating costs. Cost of contract and other revenues
increased to L563,854 for the year ended December 31, 1998 from L43,781 for the
year ended December 31, 1997. The increase was due to the commencement of four
contracts for Web site design services during the fourth quarter of 1998. Costs
of L526,044, directly related to these contracts, were incurred in the quarter.

OPERATING EXPENSES

  Research and development expenses

     Research and development expenses include expenses associated with the
development of services, products and our Web site and consist principally of
personnel costs, overhead costs, editorial costs, equipment depreciation and
supplies. These costs have been charged to research and development expenses as
incurred. Research and development expenses increased to L67,910 for the year
ended December 31, 1998, from L40,832 for the year ended December 31, 1997. The
increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to the roll-out
of TownPages into the Winchester, England market and attendant increases in the
number of personnel involved in the development of our Web site.

  Sales and marketing expenses

     Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries of sales and
marketing personnel, commissions, advertising and other marketing related
expenses. Sales and marketing expenses also include personnel costs and costs
associated with our radio, bus, direct mailings, printed ads, film trailer
advertising and telesales campaigns in the United Kingdom. Sales and marketing
expenses increased to L351,633 for the year ended December 31, 1998, from
L20,194 for the year ended December 31, 1997. The increase in sales and
marketing expenses was primarily due to the roll-out of TownPages into the
Winchester, England market and attendant increases in the number of sales
personnel, increased sales commissions and increased expenses associated with
promotion and marketing efforts.

  General and administrative

     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and
related costs for general corporate functions, including finance, accounting,
facilities and legal and other fees for professional services. General and
administrative expenses increased to L715,168 in the year ended December 31,
1998, from L220,057 for the year ended December 31, 1997. The increase in
general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in the number
of personnel to support the growth of our business, increases in recruiting
costs related

                                       56
<PAGE>   58

to filling key senior executive positions and costs associated with the
preparation and updating of our business plan. General and administrative
expenses decreased as a percentage of net revenues because of the growth in net
revenues.

  Interest and other income/expense, net

     Interest expense, net includes income from our cash and investments and
expenses related to our financing obligations. Interest expense, net increased
to L71,836 for the year ended December 31, 1998, from L17,487 for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The increase was primarily due to an increase in borrowings
from an affiliate of Kevin R. Leech, a director and, through a corporate
affiliate, the owner of 90% of our share capital. We anticipate that this
interest expense will decrease significantly after the affiliate converts the
indebtedness into our Series A preferred shares.

  Net loss

     Although our net revenues increased for the year ended December 31, 1998,
as compared to the year ended December 31, 1997, a substantial increase in
operating expenses to finance the continued development of TownPages, increased
penetration of existing markets and expansion into additional markets caused us
to incur a net loss of L872,096 for the year ended December 31, 1998, as
compared to a net loss of L346,564 for the year ended December 31, 1997.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Prior to our initial public offering, we financed our operations primarily
through a discretionary secured operating line of credit from Glen Investments,
an investment vehicle owned by Kevin Leech, our majority stockholder and one of
our directors. At December 31, 1998, we owed approximately L1.8 million,
inclusive of interest under this line of credit. On May 5, 1999, we completed
our initial public offering of American Depositary Shares representing 2,200,000
shares of our ordinary shares. Upon completion of this offering, L850,000 was
converted into 850,000 of our 9% Series A preferred shares. This L850,000
represented the outstanding balance owed to Glen Investments Limited as at May
5, 1999. Proceeds from the offering were L10,708,677 ($17,294,512), net of
offering costs. At December 31, 1999, we had cash and cash equivalents and
short-term investments of approximately L647,035 ($1,044,962).

     TownPages does not use derivative financial instruments in its investment
portfolio. TownPages considers investments in highly liquid instruments
purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.

     Net cash used in operating activities for the years ended December 31, 1999
and 1998 was L3,349,855 ($5,410,014) and L1,214,000, respectively. Cash used in
operating activities in each period was primarily the result of an increase in
accounts receivable related to the expansion of web contracts offset by an
increase in deferred income and accounts payable as a result of the growth of
our business.

     Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 1999
and 1998 was L2,461,376 ($3,975,122) and L148,266, respectively. Cash used in
investing activities in 1999 was primarily related to the acquisitions. We will
continue to evaluate the acquisition of products, businesses and technologies
that complement our business.

     Net cash provided by financing activities for the years ended December 31,
1999 and 1998 was L6,424,398 ($10,375,401), and L1,383,266, respectively. Cash
provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 1999 was
primarily attributable to net proceeds from the issuance of common stock. Cash
used in financing activities in the year ended December 31, 1999 was related to
the payback of the debenture loan from a shareholder and the repayment of
acquired overdrafts.

     If cash generated by operations is insufficient to satisfy our liquidity
requirements, we may need to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain
additional credit facilities. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt
securities would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. We may not
be able to raise any such capital on terms acceptable to us or at all.
                                       57
<PAGE>   59

     We believe that we will be able to obtain additional funds through private
or public equity, bank credit facilities, or through additional funding from
Glen Investments Limited. In the event that adequate funds are not available
from these sources, we will reduce our level of spending. In these
circumstances, Glen Investments Limited has given an undertaking that it will
provide sufficient funds to us so that we will be able to continue to meet our
obligations as they fall due for the next twelve months.

EFFECTS OF THE EURO

     Under the terms of the Treaty on European Economic and Monetary Union,
commonly referred to as the EMU, as of January 1, 1999, the euro was introduced
as a common currency among the eleven members of the European Union that are
participating in this phase of EMU. Although the individual currencies of these
countries will continue to be used until the end of 2001, their exchange rates
with the euro are fixed. The euro is now being used for transactions that do not
involve payment using physical notes and coins of the participating countries.
The individual currencies will be replaced with euro notes and coins at the
start of 2002 when all countries participating in the EMU are expected to
operate with the euro as their exclusive common currency.

     The current government of the United Kingdom has stated that the United
Kingdom will not participate in EMU and adopt the euro until after the next
general election, at the earliest. We are currently working on the assumption
that the next general election will be in 2001 or 2002 and that the United
Kingdom will enter the EMU shortly thereafter following confirmation of the
government's decision through a referendum.

     We do not currently operate in any countries that have adopted the euro and
we therefore do not face a significant currency or competitive exposure to the
euro. However, in the future we may expand into a number of these countries.

     In the event that the United Kingdom adopts the euro, we would face a
number of costs in altering our accounting-related systems for the new currency,
although at present it is too early to estimate what these costs might be.
Adoption of the euro in the United Kingdom would also create greater
transparency between prices offered to our customers in different countries that
participate in EMU.

     A significant amount of uncertainty exists as to the effect that the euro
will have on the marketplace. We are assessing the effect that the euro
introduction will have on our internal systems and the sale of our products and
services. We expect to take appropriate actions based on the results of this
assessment. The adoption of the euro has not had a material impact on our
liquidity or financial condition.

ITEM 9A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

     We do not hedge (through the use of derivative or other financial
instruments) the translation of our profits from overseas subsidiaries or other
interest rate or foreign exchange exposures; therefore, significant changes in
exchange rates or interest rates may materially affect the results of
operations.

     For purposes of specific risk analysis, we use sensitivity analysis to
determine the impact that market risk exposures may have on the fair values of
our financial instruments.

     To perform sensitivity analysis, we assess the risk of loss in fair values
from the impact of hypothetical changes in foreign currency exchange rates on
market sensitive instruments. The market values for foreign exchange risk are
computed based on spot rates in effect at December 31, 1999. The differences in
this comparison are the hypothetical gains or losses associated with each type
of risk. A 10% movement in the level of the pound sterling against the US dollar
with all other variables held constant would result in an immaterial change in
the fair value of our US dollar denominated balances at December 31, 1999.

                                       58
<PAGE>   60

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     Our executive officers and directors, and their ages at April 11, 2000, are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                      AGE                    POSITIONS
                   ----                      ---                    ---------
<S>                                          <C>   <C>
Viscount Edward James Wingfield Lifford....  51    Chairman of the Board and Director
Andrew Neville Lyndon-Skeggs...............  51    President and Director
Robert Bradshaw............................  50    Interim Chief Executive Officer
Richard I. Walker..........................  37    Chief Financial Officer and Director
Barry B. J. Charles........................  62    Vice President and Director
Kevin R. Leech.............................  56    Director
Richard J. Smith...........................  52    Director
Nigel E. C. Talbot-Ponsonby................  53    Director
Howard E. Flight, M.P......................  51    Director
Simon J. Ward..............................  55    Director
</TABLE>

     Our amended Articles of Association provide that at the first annual
general meeting of our shareholders, all of our directors shall retire from
office, but they can nominate themselves for election as directors. In English
companies, when a director ceases to be a director, whether voluntarily or
otherwise, we say that the director has "retired." Our directors are subject to
retirement by rotation. At every one of our subsequent annual general meetings,
one-third of our directors who are subject to retirement by rotation or, if
their number is not three or a multiple of three, the number nearest to
one-third of our directors, shall retire from office. If there is only one
director who is subject to retirement by rotation, that director shall retire.
Subject to the provisions of the UK Companies Act 1985, the directors to retire
by rotation shall be those who have been longest in office since their last
appointment or retirement. As between persons who became or were last
reappointed directors on the same day, those to retire shall be determined by
lot unless they otherwise agree among themselves. If a director retires by
rotation and the vacancy is not filled by the shareholders, the retiring
director shall be deemed to have been reappointed if he is willing to be
reappointed. However, the director in that situation shall not be deemed to be
reappointed, if the shareholders determine not to fill the vacancy or a
resolution to reappoint the director is voted upon and defeated. Our
shareholders holding a majority of our ordinary shares may remove any director
from office at any time, with or without cause.

     We granted to the representative of the underwriters in our initial public
offering the right, for a period of five years from May 1999, to nominate a
designee of the representative for election to our board of directors. If the
representative elects not to exercise this right, then the representative may
designate one person to attend meetings of our board of directors. The
representative's designee has attended our board meetings, but has not been
elected to our board.

BACKGROUND INFORMATION CONCERNING EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     VISCOUNT EDWARD JAMES WINGFIELD LIFFORD.  Lord Lifford is an investment
manager and has worked on behalf of a wide range of clients over the past 25
years. In 1990 Lord Lifford was affiliated with the firm Neilson Cobbold, where
he managed funds for clients. That company was acquired by Rathbone Bros. in
1996. He is now a director of Rathbone Bros. and is responsible for managing
several billion pounds of discretionary money both in the United Kingdom and
internationally. He is also a director of City of Winchester Investments plc and
Winchester Cottage Improvement Society plc. Lord Lifford joined us in December
1998 as chairman of our board of directors.

     ANDREW NEVILLE LYNDON-SKEGGS.  Mr. Lyndon-Skeggs was a founder of Town
Pages UK Limited in 1995. Served as our President and one of directors since our
formation in 1998. Mr. Lyndon-Skeggs also served as our Chief Executive Officer
and Managing Director from January 1, 1999 to November 4, 1999. He graduated
from Cambridge University with a degree in Land Economy in 1970, and has also
received a Master of Arts degree, with highest honors, from Cambridge. From 1970
to 1972, Mr. Lyndon-Skeggs worked

                                       59
<PAGE>   61

as a commercial property negotiator for Savills. He then obtained a position
with Trafalgar House plc where he undertook commercial and residential property
developments. In 1978 Mr. Lyndon-Skeggs took a position with Wates Developments,
working on residential developments in central London. In 1981, Mr. Lyndon-
Skeggs founded Westbrook Property Developments Ltd., a company engaged in
commercial, healthcare and residential developments. He remains the Managing
Director of that company.

     ROBERT BRADSHAW.  Mr. Bradshaw is a chartered accountant and was a partner
with PricewaterhouseCoopers for almost 30 years in the North West of England. In
that time he had a responsibility for advising a number of publicly quoted
companies, including those in high technology industries and also provided
corporate finance advice and audit services to clients. Since April 1999, Mr.
Bradshaw has held a number of directorships in both an executive and
non-executive capacity. He is a member of the Global Advisory Board of
ci4net.com, Inc., which is a holding company for a number of Internet-related
investments, the significant shareholder and chairman of which is Kevin R.
Leech, our majority shareholder and one of our directors. Mr. Bradshaw joined us
in April 2000 as our Interim Chief Executive Officer replacing Stephen A. Hall.

     RICHARD I. WALKER.  Mr. Walker has served as our Chief Financial Officer
and as one of our directors since August 1999. Mr. Walker was educated at The
Manchester Grammar School. Mr. Walker spent 12 years from 1985 to 1997 working
for Baker Tilly, a top 20 UK practice, qualifying as a Chartered Accountant in
1990. Pre qualifying, Mr. Walker specialized in business services at Baker
Tilly, undertaking a number of director level seconments. Post qualifying, he
progressed to a position of senior management within Baker Tilly's Corporate
Special Services Department, acting as an advisor to numerous public and limited
companies spanning a range of industries, including leisure, real estate and
retail, amongst others. In 1997, he joined Colourweb (UK) Ltd., a company
specializing in web printing, as Managing Director (acting).

     BARRY B. J. CHARLES.  Mr. Charles is trained as an electronics engineer.
After working as a design engineer, he joined the Radio Corporation of America
in 1965, where he held a number of positions in sales, marketing and executive
management, including a European assignment at RCA's operations in Belgium. In
1983, Mr. Charles became President of Pacesetter Electronics International,
Inc., an international distributor of electronic components and systems with
operations in North America, the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand. In
1986, this group was sold to Eurodis Electron plc (formerly Electron House plc),
a United Kingdom company listed on the London Stock Exchange and Mr. Charles
joined their Board of Directors. Eurodis is a large, pan-European distributor of
electronic components and systems. Mr. Charles was named Group Managing Director
of Eurodis in 1990, Group Chief Executive of Eurodis in 1993 and Vice Chairman
(semi-retired) of Eurodis in 1998. Mr. Charles joined us in December 1998 as a
Vice President and director.

     HOWARD E. FLIGHT, M.P. In 1971, Mr. Flight joined the firm N.M. Rothschild
& Co. Ltd as an investment advisor. In 1977, he joined Wardley Ltd. (the Hong
Kong Bank's Merchant Bank). In 1979, he joined Guiness Mahon, becoming a
director in 1983. In 1987, he became Joint Managing Director of Guiness Flight
on its formation where he is responsible for the company's currency and fixed
interest operations, for business development in India, the United States
institutional markets and for the private client business. Mr. Flight entered
Parliament as the Conservative M.P. for Arundel & South Downs in May 1997. In
1998, Guiness Flight merged with Investec Asset Management and Mr. Flight became
the Joint Chairman of Investec Guiness Flight. Mr. Flight received his MBA
degree from the University of Michigan. Mr. Flight joined us in December 1998 as
a director.

     KEVIN R. LEECH.  Mr. Leech is the Executive Chairman of ML Laboratories
plc, a United Kingdom company listed on the London Stock Exchange which is
engaged in the research and development of ethical pharmaceuticals and related
products. He is the co-founder of ML and controls 53% of its equity. He is also
Executive Chairman of Queensborough Holdings plc, a United Kingdom company
listed on the London Stock Exchange whose principal activities are in the
leisure sector, and of which he owns 29.7%. Mr. Leech is also a significant
shareholder and Chairman of ci4net.com, Inc., a US public company that invests
in European Internet companies. In addition, Mr. Leech is a director and
principal shareholder of numerous privately-owned companies resulting from his
role as a provider of private venture capital. The activities of the companies
are varied and include other leisure and technology-related companies, including
topjobs.net plc.

                                       60
<PAGE>   62

Mr. Leech is also the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of Glen
Investments Limited and of Raven Ventures Limited, both of which are private
investment companies. In October 1998, Mr. Leech was awarded an honorary
Doctorate of Laws degree from the University of Manchester. Mr. Leech joined us
in December 1998 as a director.

     RICHARD J. SMITH.  Mr. Smith has served as one of our directors since
December 1998. Mr. Smith is a Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified
Accountants, qualifying in 1970. In 1972, he moved to Jersey (Channel Islands)
and after working as an audit manager for three years moved to Hambros Channel
Islands Trust Corporation as their accountant. In 1978, he took a position as
Finance Controller with Avis Channel Islands car rental and motor dealership
operations. After the disposal of those businesses by Avis, he became Chief
Executive for the new private owner. In 1986 he moved back into the finance
industry as Deputy Finance Manager for Save and Prosper in Jersey, Channel
Islands, a Robert Flemming fund management subsidiary. Since 1988, Mr. Smith has
acted as a Finance Director for Kevin R. Leech's portfolio of investments.

     NIGEL E.C. TALBOT-PONSONBY. Mr. Talbot-Ponsonby is a Fellow of the Royal
Institution of Chartered Surveyors having qualified in the United Kingdom in
1974. He then joined the firm of Strutt and Parker, Consultant Surveyors, where
he specialized in Estate Business Management and the leisure industry sector. He
subsequently joined Humberts, Chartered Surveyors, in Lincolns' Inn Fields,
London to establish their new joint venture vehicle, Humberts Landplan, with
Williams & Glyns Bank Ltd., specializing in tax planning and the leisure sector.
He was a partner in Humberts for 16 years, subsequently becoming an equity
partner and co-founded Humberts Leisure. In 1991, he led a management buy-out of
the leisure division's consultancy business using city funding to create
Humberts Leisure Limited, International Leisure Business Specialists, which now
operates throughout the United Kingdom and Europe and of which he is Executive
Chairman. Mr. Talbot-Ponsonby joined us in December 1998 as a director.

     SIMON J. WARD.  Mr. Ward became qualified as a chartered accountant in the
United Kingdom in 1968. He joined the Middle East branch of Ernst & Young and
became a partner in 1974 where he worked in East Africa, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia
and the United Arab Emirates. He returned to the United Kingdom in 1988 and
established the firm Cuthbert Ward in 1991, which firm was later merged with
Fellowes and Co. to form CW Fellowes Limited. CW Fellowes Limited served as the
independent business advisor of Town Pages UK Limited from 1995 to 1997. Mr.
Ward specializes in advising growing businesses particularly in an international
environment. Mr. Ward joined us in December 1998 as a director.

BACKGROUND INFORMATION CONCERNING CERTAIN KEY EMPLOYEES

     JAMES WILKINSON.  Mr. Wilkinson has served as our Vice
President-Information Technology since December 1997. He received a 1st class
honors degree in Applied Mathematics from Dublin University in 1974. He is a
professional analyst/programmer with almost 25 years of high and low level
software design experience. From September 1974 through December 1997, he was
employed by International Business Machines, Inc. in various programming,
software design, IBM PC system architecture and product development team leader
capacities, including work on various IBM PC display adapters and video device
drivers. Consequently, he has a great deal of experience with and knowledge of
PC display adapters, PC hardware, PC architecture, small systems architecture,
operating systems, programming techniques and programming languages.

     BRIAN GREEN.  Mr. Green has served as our Financial Controller since
November 1999 when he joined us from C W Fellowes Limited, where he served as a
director. He was educated at Emanuel School in London prior to spending eight
years at a commodities trading firm in London. In 1989 he joined the largest
firm of French Chartered Accountants, Guerard Viala. Mr. Green joined C W
Fellowes in 1996 where he acted as our business advisor. Mr. Green specializes
in all aspects of financial and management accounting.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     On December 15, 1998, our board of directors established an audit committee
and a compensation committee. The audit committee, comprised of Messrs. Flight,
Smith, Leech, Lifford, Talbot-Ponsonby, and
                                       61
<PAGE>   63

Ward, has responsibility for, among other things, the planning and review of our
annual and periodic reports and accounts and the involvement of our auditors in
that process, focusing particularly on compliance with legal requirements and
accounting standards and the rules of the AMEX, the Securities and Exchange
Commission, and the United Kingdom, and the establishment of an effective system
of internal financial controls. The audit committee makes recommendations to our
board of directors regarding the independent auditors to be nominated for
ratification by our shareholders and those other matters, but the ultimate
responsibility for those matters remains with our board of directors.

     The compensation committee, which is comprised of Messrs. Flight, Smith,
Leech, Lifford, Talbot-Ponsonby, and Ward, recommends to our board of directors
compensation plans and arrangements, including awards of any stock options, with
respect to our executive officers, directors, and key personnel. Our board of
directors does not currently have and does not currently intend to establish an
executive committee or a nominating committee, as those functions are to be
performed by our entire board of directors.

ITEM 11.  COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS FOR ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS

     We have entered into agreements with our independent directors. The
agreements provide that each independent director other than Viscount James
Lifford will be paid L6,000 ($9,690) per year for attending all of the meetings
of our board of directors. Viscount James Lifford is paid L12,000 ($19,380) per
year to serve as our chairman. Our executive directors, who are also our
employees, will receive no cash compensation for serving on the board of
directors. All directors are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses incurred
to attend meetings of our board. We anticipate that our board of directors will
hold regularly scheduled meetings quarterly.

DIRECTORS' INTERESTS

     Other than as disclosed under Item 4 and under Item 12, none of our
directors has any interest in our issued share capital which is required to be
notified to us under Section 324 or Section 328 of the UK Companies Act 1985, or
is required under Section 325 of the UK Companies Act 1985 to be entered into
the register referred to in that Section; nor are there any of those interests
of any person connected with any director within the meaning of Section 346 of
the UK Companies Act 1985 the existence of which is known to, or could with
reasonable diligence be ascertained by, that director. Mr. Andrew Neville
Lyndon-Skeggs and Mr. Kevin R. Leech each have material transactions with us in
addition to their status as directors or officers. Our officers and directors
are paid certain amounts for the performance of their duties.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The aggregate compensation paid by us and our subsidiaries to all persons
who served in the capacity of director or executive officer during our fiscal
year ended December 31, 1999 was approximately L200,212 ($323,342). This amount
includes a bonus of L20,000 ($32,000) paid to Mr. Lyndon-Skeggs pursuant to his
employment agreement. The aggregate amount we set aside for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1999, to provide pension and healthcare benefits for our
directors and executive officers (9 persons) was approximately L9,609 ($15,374).

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers and
key employees. Each of these employment agreements is not restricted for a
particular period of time, and provide, among other things, that each of the
employees party thereto shall provide services to us on a full-time basis. The
agreements are cancelable by either party on short notice (generally 30-90 days'
notice). The agreements contain post-termination restrictive covenants relating
to non-competition with us, non-solicitation of our customers, non-dealing with
our customers and non-solicitation of our suppliers and employees. In addition,
each employment agreement contains an express obligation of confidentiality in
respect of our trade secrets

                                       62
<PAGE>   64

and confidential information and provide for us to own any intellectual property
rights created by the executives in the course of their employment.

     Mr. Andrew Neville Lyndon-Skeggs holds the top managerial position of
another company which he owns and devotes only part of his time to our company.
Mr. Leech owns interests in several companies that invest in high technology
companies including other European Internet companies. Because of their
involvement in other businesses, situations could arise in the future which
could result in conflicts of interest for certain of our executive officers and
directors, but we do not presently anticipate that any such events to occur in
the foreseeable future.

     Each of our executive officers has the right to participate in our share
option schemes and plans. If any of our directors is removed from office without
cause on less than six months notice, the director will continue to receive fees
for attending directors' meetings for the balance of the six months.

ITEM 12.  OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES FROM REGISTRANT OR SUBSIDIARIES

OPTION GRANTS

     In May 1999, we issued to certain of our executive officers and directors
options to purchase an aggregate of 122,500 of our ordinary shares, exercisable
at $10.00 per share, the initial public offering price of the ADSs. On July 27,
1999, we granted 29,526 additional options at an exercise price of $7.00 per
share. On November 26, 1999, we granted a further 57,974 additional options at
an exercise price of $6.375 per share. The total amount of options to purchase
our ordinary shares by officers and directors as at December 31, 1999 was
210,000. All of the options granted are of a period of 10 years and are normally
exercisable only after three years from the date of grant provided that the
holders' continuous full time employment with us does not terminate during that
three year period. Earlier exercise of these options is permitted in limited
circumstances.

ITEM 13.  INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.

     Prior to our initial public offering, we financed our operations primarily
through a discretionary operating line of credit with Glen Investments Limited,
a corporation owned by our majority shareholder and member of our board of
directors, Kevin R. Leech. Upon the closing of our initial public offering,
L850,000 of the outstanding balance was converted into 850,000 shares of our
Series A preferred stock. The remaining balance of approximately L1,600,000, was
repaid from the net proceeds received from the offering. Upon payment of the
remaining balance, the facility was discontinued.

     Kevin R. Leech is also the Chairman and a significant shareholder of
ci4net.com, Inc., a US public company that invests in European Internet
companies involved in business-to-business, business-to-consumer, e-commerce and
infrastructure. ci4net has directly purchased Web site development services from
Town Pages UK Limited and has majority interests in some of the customers for
whom Town Pages UK Limited provides exclusive Web site development services.
ci4net directly accounted for revenues totaling L1,186,175 and L163,397 in the
years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively, the balance due from
ci4net was L1,222,925 and L235,000 and the income deferred was L23,285 and
L136,603 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Additional customers in
which ci4net has a majority interest accounted for revenues totaling L2,260,525
in the year ended December 31, 1999, and at that date the balance due from such
companies was L3,491,600 and the income deferred was L813,625.

     Planet Edge Ltd., a subsidiary of ci4net, is a major supplier of Web site
development services for Town Pages UK Limited and Morbria. We purchased goods
and services from Planet Edge totaling L738,680 and L111,422 for the years ended
December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. At December 31, 1999 and 1998, the
outstanding balances payable were L247,642 and L60,420, respectively. Planet
Edge also provides secure e-commerce transaction and Web site hosting facilities
for Morbria which Morbria's subsidiary Graphic Palette, re-sells to its clients.

     Mr. Leech is also the majority shareholder of Glen Investments Limited.
Several of the customers of Morbria, one of our subsidiaries, are companies in
which Glen Investments has an ownership interest. Revenues derived from these
companies from September 24, 1999, (the date of acquisition of Morbria), to

                                       63
<PAGE>   65

December 31, 1999 was L438,542. Balances outstanding from these companies at
December 31, 1999 totaled L827,952.

     Our President, Mr. Andrew Lyndon-Skeggs, is the owner of Westbrook Property
Developments Limited, a property company based in Alton. We occupied office
space under a short term operating lease from Westbrook Property Developments
Limited. Amounts due to Westbrook Property Developments as at December 31, 1999
totaled L1,944. The lease of the property was then assigned to Town Pages UK
Limited for L1. Rental expense under this lease was L36,500, L40,300 and L32,000
for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 respectively.

     Simon J. Ward, one of the members of our board of directors, is also a
director of CW Fellowes Limited, the business advisor of Town Pages UK Limited
from 1995 to 1999. In the years ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, CW
Fellowes supplied services totalling L176,430, L68,395 and L1,665, respectively.
Balances outstanding to CW Fellowes as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, were
L54,045 and L15,852, respectively.

     We believe that all related party transactions described above were on
terms no less favorable than would be obtained from unrelated third parties. Any
future transactions between us and our officers, directors and affiliates will
be on terms no less favorable to us than can be obtained from unaffiliated third
parties, and any material transactions with these persons will be approved by a
majority of our disinterested directors.

                                    PART II

ITEM 14.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.

     Not applicable.

                                    PART III

ITEM 15.  DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES.

     None.

ITEM 16.  CHANGES IN SECURITIES AND CHANGES IN SECURITY FOR REGISTERED
SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

USE OF PROCEEDS FROM IPO

     On May 5, 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission declared effective
our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-72075). Pursuant to this
Registration Statement, we completed our initial public offering of 2,200,000 of
our ordinary shares represented by ADSs at an initial public offering price of
$10.00 per share. Our initial public offering was managed by Dirks & Company,
Inc., J.P. Turner & Company, L.L.C., and Security Capital Trading, Inc.

     Net proceeds to us from our initial public offering, after calculation of
the underwriters' discount and commission of $1,870,000 and offering expenses of
$2,835,488, totaled $17,294,512. Of these expenses, $33,315 was paid to C W
Fellowes Limited, for professional services rendered in connection with the
offering, a company whose shareholders include Simon Ward, one of our directors.
No other expenses incurred in our initial public offering were direct or
indirect payments to our directors, officers, general partners or their
associates, to persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity or
our equity securities or to our affiliates.

     From the net proceeds of the offering, $2,584,000 was paid to retire
indebtedness owed by us to a company controlled by Kevin R. Leech, our majority
stockholder and one of our directors.

     As of December 31, 1999, we have used an estimated $16.8 million of the net
proceeds. In connection with the acquisition of WWW.CO.UK Limited, we paid a
cash consideration of approximately $2,422,000, extended a loan to the sellers
of approximately $2,059,000 and paid the sellers approximately $363,000 in the
form of an additional loan. The loans are to be repaid upon registration of the
ordinary shares issued to the

                                       64
<PAGE>   66

WWW sellers. A loan of approximately $2.75 million was paid in connection with
the acquisition of Morbria to retire that company's indebtedness to a bank. The
majority stockholder of Morbria was an investment company owned by Kevin R.
Leech, our majority stockholder and one of our directors. Approximately $750,000
has been advanced to Research Sales, Inc. as working capital loans to enable it
to accelerate its start up operations and build its infrastructure. The
remaining $5.9 million was used to purchase equipment to support the growth of
our business including the development of our own data center and the
procurement of kiosks, the expansion of in-house resources to support our Web
site solutions division including the rental of additional premises, and other
general corporate purposes.

                                    PART IV

ITEM 17.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

     The Company has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.

ITEM 18.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

     Reference is made to Item 19 for a list of all financial statements filed
as part of this Annual Report.

ITEM 19.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

(a)  Financial Statements

     The following consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule together with the report thereon of Ernst & Young, are filed as part of
this Annual Report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PAGE
                                                                ----
<S>                                                             <C>
Report and Consent of Independent Auditors..................    F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and
  1999......................................................    F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
  December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999..........................    F-3
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
  years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999..............    F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999..........................    F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................    F-6
Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying accounts for the
  years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999..............    S-1
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>   <C>
(b)   Exhibits
10.1  Agreement between Town Pages UK Limited and NCR Limited.
10.2  Amendment to Employment Agreement with Andrew Neville
      Lyndon-Skeggs.
21.1  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
27.1  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

                                       65
<PAGE>   67

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
TownPagesNet.com plc

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
TownPagesNet.com plc as of December 31, 1998 and 1999 and the related
consolidation statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999. Our audit also
included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 19(a).
These consolidated financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with United Kingdom auditing
standards, which do not differ in any significant respect from auditing
standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
TownPagesNet.com plc at December 31, 1998 and 1999 and the consolidated results
of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. Also, in our opinion, the related
financial statements schedule when considered in relation to the basic financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.

                                                                   ERNST & YOUNG

Reading, England
February 11, 2000

                                       F-1
<PAGE>   68

                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                           --------------------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              1998           1999            1999
                                                           -----------    -----------    ------------
                                                           AMOUNTS IN POUNDS STERLING     AMOUNTS IN
                                                                                          US DOLLARS
                                                                                           (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................  L    33,868    L   647,035    $ 1,044,962
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful
    accounts of none -- 1998 and L180,966
    ($292,260) -- 1999...................................      590,350      5,355,865      8,649,722
  Receivable from related party..........................      235,000      5,542,477      8,951,101
  Other receivables......................................        1,700        274,225        442,874
  Loan receivable........................................           --      1,522,000      2,458,030
  Prepaid expenses.......................................      223,313        127,116        205,292
  Other Current Assets...................................      422,872        215,500        348,033
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
  Total current assets...................................    1,507,103     13,684,218     22,100,014
Equipment and fixtures
  Motor Vehicles.........................................           --        169,025        272,975
  Computer equipment.....................................      136,140      1,160,328      1,873,930
  Furniture and fixtures.................................       14,677        249,436        402,839
  Equipment..............................................       37,894      1,932,077      3,120,304
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                               188,711      3,510,866      5,670,048
  Less: Accumulated depreciation.........................       63,883      1,105,333      1,785,113
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                               124,828      2,405,533      3,884,935
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of
  L830,701 ($1,341,582)..................................           --     12,771,196     20,625,482
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                           L 1,631,931    L28,860,947    $46,610,431
                                                           ===========    ===========    ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Book overdraft.........................................  L        --    L   299,749    $   484,095
  Accounts payable.......................................      248,108      2,638,837      4,261,722
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities.................      127,099        767,379      1,239,317
  Accrued interest.......................................      106,203             --             --
  Taxes and social security payable......................       49,239        448,177        723,806
  Deferred income........................................      228,244      3,431,866      5,542,464
  Current portion of obligations under capital lease.....           --        139,414        225,154
  Amounts payable under Web site design agreements.......      411,969      1,284,821      2,074,986
  Debenture loans from stockholder.......................    1,682,190             --             --
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
  Total current liabilities:.............................    2,853,052      9,010,243     14,551,544
Deferred income, long term portion.......................           --        994,073      1,605,428
Long term portion of obligations under capital lease.....           --        102,849        166,101
Minority interests.......................................                      96,734        156,225
Commitments
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
9% Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock L1 par
  value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none and 850,000
  issued and outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1999,
  respectively...........................................           --        850,000      1,372,750
Ordinary shares:
  L0.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized,
    5,000,000 and 9,583,936 issued and outstanding at
    December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.............       50,000         95,840        154,782
Additional paid-in Capital...............................      122,500     21,183,537     34,211,412
Accumulated deficit......................................   (1,393,621)    (3,472,329)    (5,607,811)
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
  Total stockholders' equity.............................   (1,221,121)    18,657,048     30,131,133
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                           L 1,631,931    L28,860,947    $46,610,431
                                                           ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   69

                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                          -----------------------------------------------------
                                            1997          1998          1999           1999
                                          ---------    ----------    -----------    -----------
                                                AMOUNTS IN POUNDS STERLING          AMOUNTS IN
                                                                                    US DOLLARS
                                                                                     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Advertising revenues..................  L   5,063    L   40,839    L 1,312,561    $ 2,119,786
  Contract revenues and other...........      3,296       919,522      2,050,043      3,310,819
  Contract revenues from related
     parties............................         --       159,742      3,885,242      6,274,666
                                          ---------    ----------    -----------    -----------
     Total revenues.....................      8,359     1,120,103      7,247,846     11,705,271
Cost of revenues:
  Maintenance and hosting costs.........         --       179,776      1,388,408      2,242,279
  Cost of contract revenues and other...     43,781       563,854      2,057,296      3,322,533
  Advertising and commission costs......         --            --      1,203,613      1,943,835
                                          ---------    ----------    -----------    -----------
     Total cost of revenues.............     43,781       743,630      4,649,317      7,508,647
Gross profit (loss).....................    (35,422)      376,473      2,598,529      4,196,624
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing...................     20,194       351,633      1,028,005      1,660,228
  Research and development..............     40,832        67,910         77,371        124,954
  General and administrative............    220,057       715,168      2,565,396      4,143,116
  Depreciation..........................     12,572        42,022        257,905        416,516
  Amortization..........................         --            --        830,701      1,341,582
                                          ---------    ----------    -----------    -----------
     Total operating expenses...........    293,655     1,176,733      4,759,378      7,686,396
Loss from operations....................   (329,077)     (800,260)    (2,160,849)    (3,489,772)
Interest expense........................    (17,845)      (91,385)       (76,048)      (122,818)
Interest income.........................        358         1,500        190,043        306,919
Other income............................         --        18,049          4,195          6,775
Foreign exchange gain...................         --            --        163,653        264,299
Minority Interests......................         --            --        (69,959)      (112,984)
                                          ---------    ----------    -----------    -----------
Loss before income taxes................   (346,564)     (872,096)    (1,948,965)    (3,147,581)
Provision for income taxes..............         --            --        108,669        175,500
                                          ---------    ----------    -----------    -----------
Net loss................................  L(346,564)   L (872,096)   L(2,057,634)   $(3,323,081)
                                          =========    ==========    ===========    ===========
Basic and diluted net loss per share....  L   (0.07)   L    (0.17)   L     (0.29)   $     (0.47)
                                          =========    ==========    ===========    ===========
Shares used in computing basic and
  diluted net loss per share............  5,000,000     5,000,000      7,111,075      7,111,075
                                          =========    ==========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   70

                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PREFERENCE SHARES       ORDINARY SHARES
                                   --------------------   --------------------   ADDITIONAL                      TOTAL
                                   NUMBER OF              NUMBER OF                PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                    SHARES      AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL       DEFICIT        EQUITY
                                   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   -----------   -----------   -------------
                                                                 AMOUNTS IN POUNDS STERLING

<S>                                <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 1997.......        --    L     --   5,000,000   L 50,000   L   122,500   L (174,961)    L    (2,461)
Net loss.........................        --          --         --          --            --     (346,564)       (346,564)
                                    -------    --------   ---------   --------   -----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997.....        --          --   5,000,000     50,000       122,500     (521,525)       (349,025)
Net loss.........................        --          --         --          --            --     (872,096)       (872,096)
                                    -------    --------   ---------   --------   -----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998.....        --          --   5,000,000     50,000       122,500   (1,393,621)     (1,221,121)
Issuance of shares in respect of
  IPO............................        --          --   2,200,000     22,000    10,686,677           --      10,708,677
Issuance of shares in respect of
  acquisitions...................        --          --   2,383,936     23,840    10,374,360           --      10,398,200
Issuance of Series A preferred
  stock..........................   850,000     850,000         --          --            --           --         850,000
Net loss.........................        --          --         --          --            --   (2,057,634)     (2,057,634)
Dividends paid to minority
  shareholder....................        --          --         --          --            --      (21,074)        (21,074)
                                    -------    --------   ---------   --------   -----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1999.....   850,000    L850,000   9,583,936   L 95,840   L21,183,537   L(3,472,329)   L18,657,048
                                    =======    ========   =========   ========   ===========   ===========    ===========

<CAPTION>

                                      TOTAL
                                   ------------
                                    AMOUNTS IN
                                   U.S. DOLLARS
                                     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                <C>
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 1997.......  $    (3,973)
Net loss.........................     (559,700)
                                   -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997.....     (563,673)
Net loss.........................   (1,408,434)
                                   -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998.....   (1,972,107)
Issuance of shares in respect of
  IPO............................   17,294,512
Issuance of shares in respect of
  acquisitions...................   16,793,094
Issuance of Series A preferred
  stock..........................    1,372,750
Net loss.........................   (3,323,081)
Dividends paid to minority
  shareholder....................      (34,035)
                                   -----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1999.....  $30,131,133
                                   ===========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   71

                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         ------------------------------------------------------
                                           1997          1998           1999           1999
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                               AMOUNTS IN POUNDS STERLING           AMOUNTS IN
                                                                                    US DOLLARS
                                                                                     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss...............................  L(346,564)   L  (872,096)   L(2,057,634)   $(3,323,081)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
  net cash provided by operating
  activities:
  Depreciation.........................     12,572         42,022        257,905        416,516
  Amortization of goodwill.............         --             --        830,701      1,341,582
Changes in operating assets and
  liabilities:
  Accounts receivable..................        100       (590,350)    (2,950,278)    (4,764,696)
  Receivable from related party........         --       (235,000)    (5,307,477)    (8,571,575)
  Unbilled receivables.................         --       (422,872)       422,872        682,937
  Other receivables....................     (2,109)         3,285       (272,525)      (440,128)
  Prepaid expenses and other current
     assets............................        750       (223,313)       433,728        700,471
  Accounts payable.....................     26,527        211,174      1,269,722      2,050,602
  Accrued expenses and other
     liabilities.......................      7,226        111,280         (2,544)        (4,109)
  Accrued interest.....................     19,845         86,215        (84,203)      (135,988)
  Taxes and social security payable....      9,935         35,442        144,523        233,406
  Deferred income......................         --        228,244      3,092,503      4,994,393
  Amounts payable under Web site design
     agreements........................         --        411,969        872,852      1,409,656
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net cash used in operating
  activities...........................   (271,718)    (1,214,000)    (3,349,855)    (5,410,014)
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------    -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Purchases of equipment and
     fixtures..........................    (16,746)      (148,266)      (720,504)    (1,163,614)
  Purchase of subsidiaries.............         --             --     (1,740,872)    (2,811,508)
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net cash used in investing
  activities...........................    (16,746)      (148,266)    (2,461,376)    (3,975,122)
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------    -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds from debenture loan from
     shareholder.......................    298,924      1,383,266        767,854      1,240,084
  Repayment of debenture loan from
     shareholder.......................         --             --     (1,600,044)    (2,584,071)
  Repayment of acquired overdrafts.....         --             --     (2,055,387)    (3,319,450)
  Net proceeds from issuance of
     ordinary shares...................         --             --     10,708,677     17,294,512
  Proceeds from issuance of note
     receivable........................         --             --     (1,522,000)    (2,458,030)
  Dividends paid to minority
     shareholder.......................         --             --        (21,074)       (34,035)
  Proceeds from capital leases.........         --             --        102,135        164,948
  Payments on capital lease
     obligations.......................         --             --        (25,722)       (41,541)
  Contributions from minority
     interest..........................         --             --         69,959        112,984
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net cash provided by financing
  activities...........................    298,924      1,383,266      6,424,398     10,375,401
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net increase in cash and cash
  equivalents..........................     10,460         21,000        613,167        990,265
Cash and cash equivalents at the
  beginning of the period..............      2,408         12,868         33,868         54,696
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of
  the period...........................  L  12,868    L    33,868    L   647,035    $ 1,044,961
                                         =========    ===========    ===========    ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION:
  Interest paid........................  L      --    L        --    L   106,203    $   171,518
                                         =========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                             See accompanying notes
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   72

                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     TownPagesNet.com plc (the "Company") is the holding company for a number of
diverse businesses principally specialising in the provision of new media and
advertising related services to both business and consumers. The Company also
offer a fully integrated Web channel development program enabling larger
businesses to enter the e-commerce marketplace on the Internet. The Company was
incorporated in England and Wales on July 31, 1998 as Town Pages Holdings plc.
The Company acquired all of the share capital of Town Pages UK Limited (formerly
known as Town Pages Limited) on December 15, 1998. The Company's name was
changed to TownPagesNet.com plc and its subsidiary's name was changed to Town
Pages UK Limited in April 1999.

     On May 5, 1999, we completed our initial public offering of American
Depositary Shares representing 2,200,000 shares of our common stock. Proceeds
from the offering were L10,708,677 ($17,294,512), net of offering costs.

     At December 31, 1999, the Company and its subsidiaries had incurred
recurring net losses and, as of that date, had a consolidated accumulated
deficit of approximately L3.5 million. Substantially all of the losses have been
financed through proceeds from the initial public offering. Management believes
that it will be able to obtain additional funds through private or public
equity, bank credit facilities, or through additional funding from Glen
Investments Limited (see note 4). In the event that adequate funds are not
available from these sources, the Company will reduce its level of spending. In
these circumstances, Glen Investments Limited has given an undertaking that it
will provide sufficient funds to the Company so that it is able to continue to
meet its obligations as they fall due for the next twelve months.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The consolidated financial statements are prepared under U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances
have been eliminated upon consolidation.

     In December 1998, the Company acquired Town Pages Limited in a transaction
accounted for as a reorganization of companies under common control in a manner
similar to pooling of interests. The transaction was effected by means of a
share exchange whereby each share of Limited's ordinary stock was converted into
approximately 66.208 ordinary shares of the Company.

     The financial statements expressed in pounds sterling as of December 31,
1999 have been translated into United States Dollars, solely for the convenience
of the reader, at the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers as
certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York of L1.00
= $1.6150. These translations should not be construed as representations that
the pound sterling amounts actually represent U.S. dollar amounts or that they
could be converted into U.S. dollars at this rate indicated or at any other
rate.

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

                                       F-6
<PAGE>   73
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
REVENUE RECOGNITION

     The Company's contract revenues are derived principally from services
performed under development contracts for the design, coordination, and
integration of the customer's content and links into the TownPages directory.
Fees for these services are recognized as the service is performed. These fees
are recognized as revenue once the related activities have been performed and/or
the customer's web links are available on the Town Pages directory.

     Revenues from Web site design agreements are recognized using the
percentage of completion method where reliable estimates of costs to complete
the contracts are available. If reliable estimates of costs to complete are not
available, the completed contract method is used.

     The Company's advertising revenues are derived principally from short-term
advertising contracts, which are recognized ratably over the term of the
contract. Certain advertising contracts contain a guaranteed number of
impressions (a view of an advertisement by a customer). To the extent that the
impression deliveries are falling short of the guarantees, the Company defers
recognition of the corresponding revenues.

     Subscription revenues are for the set-up of customers on the TownPages
directory. These fees are recognized ratably over the term of the subscription
period, which is generally one year.

     Deferred revenue is primarily comprised of payments received from Web site
design contracts in advance of revenue recognition and billings in excess of
recognized revenue relating to advertising contracts.

EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES

     Equipment and Fixtures are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization of
equipment and fixtures are provided so as to write down the cost of the
equipment and fixtures to their estimated residual value over their expected
useful lives, as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
Motor vehicles                            4 years reducing balance
Computer equipment                        3 to 4 years straight line
Furniture and Fixtures                    4 to 10 years reducing balance
Equipment                                 3 to 8 years straight line
</TABLE>

     Assets held under capital leases are capitalized and are amortized over the
lesser of the useful life of the asset or the lease term. Amortization of these
assets is included with depreciation of owned assets. Property and equipment
financed under capital leases and related accumulated amortization was Pounds
Sterling 290,222 and Pounds Sterling 63,401, respectively at December 31, 1999.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company considers investments in highly liquid instruments purchased
with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Such
amounts are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT AND OTHER RISKS

     Potential concentrations of credit risk to the Company consist principally
of short-term cash investments and trade receivables. The Company sells its
products to customers in diversified industries worldwide and performs on-going
credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally requires
no collateral. Allowances for potential credit losses are maintained and actual
credit losses have been within management's expectation. The Company only
deposits cash surpluses with high credit quality banks and institutions.

                                       F-7
<PAGE>   74
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
     The Company has entered into four contracts for the provision of Web site
design services directly with ci4net.com, Inc. ("ci4net") (see note 4). These
contracts accounted for 16% of net revenues for the year ended December 31,
1999. Majority owned subsidiaries of ci4net accounted for an additional 31% of
net revenues for the year ended 1999. There were no related party transactions
in 1998 with ci4net companies.

     For the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company had entered into four
contracts for the provision of Web site design services. Revenues related to
these four contracts were 19%, 14%, 30% and 33%, of total net revenues for the
year ended December 31, 1998.

     The company has sub contracted development services, provided by Planet
Edge Limited (see note 4). Purchases from Planet Edge for the year ended
December 31, 1999 and 1998 totalled Pounds Sterling 736,680 and Pounds Sterling
111,422, respectively. Should Planet Edge be unable to perform their obligations
under the sub-contract agreements then the provision of certain services could
be delayed as the Company enters into arrangements with other vendors.

PENSION PLAN

     The Company sponsors defined contribution pension plans for the benefit of
directors and employees. The pension charge represents the amounts payable by
the Company to the plans. All employees are eligible to join the plan and can
make contributions into the plan. The Company contributes into the plans per the
discretion of the board of directors. Contributions for all plans for the years
ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 were Pounds Sterling 41,461, Pounds
Sterling 19,327 and Pounds Sterling 9,429, respectively.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     All research and development expenses are charged to operations as
incurred.

ADVERTISING

     Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense
for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 was Pounds Sterling 66,187,
Pounds Sterling 44,861 and Pounds Sterling 14,135, respectively.

GOODWILL

     The Company amortizes goodwill from the acquisitions of its subsidiaries on
a straight line basis over its estimated economic useful life of five years.

     The Company operates in a highly technological industry with relatively low
entry market barriers. Due to the fast moving nature of the Internet market, the
Company does not believe that goodwill will have a useful economic life of more
than five years. The carrying amount of goodwill is reviewed on a regular basis
for indicators of impairment. Indicators of impairment include reduced levels of
revenue in the businesses and a reduction in the utilization of the current web
network. Should indicators of impairment exist, such impairment will be reviewed
through the examination of discounted cash flows.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

     Exchange gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a
currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved are included
in foreign exchange gain. The currency gain recorded for the year ended December
31, 1999 was Pounds Sterling 163,653. There was no foreign exchange gain or loss
for the years ended December 31, 1998 or 1997. To date the Company has not
entered into any foreign currency forward exchange contracts or other such
derivative instruments.
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   75
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
PER SHARE AMOUNTS

     Basic EPS is calculated using the weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding. Diluted EPS is calculated based on the weighted average
number of ordinary shares plus the dilutive ordinary shares from employee share
options. In periods when the Company reports a net loss, diluted EPS is not
reported because the effect of potential common shares is anti-dilutive.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                           1997          1998          1999
                                                        ----------    ----------    -----------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Net loss..............................................  L (346,564)   L (872,096)   L(2,057,634)
                                                        ==========    ==========    ===========
Weighted average shares outstanding...................   5,000,000     5,000,000      7,111,075
Effect of dilutive securities-employee stock
  options.............................................          --            --             --
                                                        ----------    ----------    -----------
Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per
  share...............................................   5,000,000     5,000,000      7,111,075
                                                        ==========    ==========    ===========
Basic and diluted net loss per share..................  L    (0.07)   L    (0.17)   L     (0.29)
                                                        ==========    ==========    ===========
</TABLE>

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") has issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, which has not yet been adopted by the
Company. SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities" is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. This
standard requires all derivatives to be recognized as either assets or
liabilities on the balance sheet at their fair values. It also prescribes the
accounting to be followed for the changes in the fair values of derivatives
depending upon their intended use and resulting designation. It supercedes or
amends the existing standards which deal with hedge accounting and derivatives.
The Company does not expect the effect that adopting this standard will have on
the U.S. GAAP amounts reported in its financial statements.

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND ACQUISITIONS

ACQUISITION OF WWW GROUP

     On July 19, 1999, the Company completed the acquisition of four companies,
WWW.CO.UK Limited, Summerfields Publishing Limited, The Platinum Club Limited,
and Featureboards Limited, all corporations under common control and organized
under the laws of England and Wales (collectively referred to as "WWW"). WWW
provides advertising management and optimization services to advertisers and
agencies in both print media and through the Internet from locations in the
United Kingdom. Under the trading name 'Cinemas Online,' WWW is an Internet
provider of cinema information in England and Ireland. In connection with the
acquisition, in exchange for all the outstanding capital stock of the four
companies of WWW, the Company paid Pounds Sterling 1.5 million in cash
(approximately US$2.4 million) and issued 488,281 ordinary shares, valued at
Pounds Sterling 2.5 million (approximately US$3.9 million), based on the US$8.00
per share closing price of the Company's American Depositary Shares ('ADS's) on
the American Stock Exchange on July 16, 1999.

     In connection with the acquisition of WWW, the Company has loaned the
former majority shareholder of WWW Pounds Sterling 1.5 million (approximately
US$2.4 million) under a limited recourse promissory note which bears interest at
4% per annum. The amount is due upon the vendor's sale of the ordinary shares of
the Company, issued in connection with the acquisition. As of December 31, 1999,
the balance due under such note including interest accrued was Pounds Sterling
1,522,000.

     In addition, the Company agreed to pay to the former owners of WWW, a
maximum of Pounds Sterling 250,000 within 90 days after the end of each of
fiscal years ending December 31, 1999 and December 31, 2000 in the event
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   76
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND ACQUISITIONS -- (CONTINUED)
that the aggregate turnover or sales revenues of WWW equals or exceeds Pounds
Sterling 2,139,000 and Pounds Sterling 2,861,000 in fiscal years 1999 and 2000,
respectively. The target for the year ended December 31, 1999 was met and the
related contingent consideration was subsequently paid in March 2000. The Pounds
Sterling 250,000 was recorded in goodwill and accrued expenses and other
liabilities as at December 31, 1999.

     The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and resulted in goodwill of approximately Pound Sterling 4.9 million. The
goodwill is being amortized over a 5 year period on a straight line basis. The
results of operations of WWW are included in the accompanying statement of
operations from the date of acquisition.

ACQUISITION OF MORBRIA LIMITED

     On September 24, 1999, the Company consummated the acquisition of Morbria
Limited, and its subsidiaries, The Graphic Palette Company (Manchester) Limited,
Centrix Communications Limited and Review Marketing and Advertising Limited, all
corporations are organized under the laws of England and Wales (collectively
referred to as "Morbria"). All the subsidiaries are 100% owned with the
exception of Centrix Communications Limited, which is 75% owned. The remaining
25% is owned by a director of Centrix Communications Limited, who is entitled to
dividends in proportion to his ownership. Morbria, through its subsidiary
Graphic Palette, specializes in web site design and advertising services. In
connection with the acquisition, in exchange for all the outstanding capital
stock of Morbria Limited, the Company issued 857,972 ordinary shares, valued at
approximately Pound Sterling 3.4 million (approximately US$5.6 million), based
on a price of US$6.50 per share, representing a 20% discount of the per share
closing price of the ADSs on the American Stock Exchange on September 23, 1999.
The share value was discounted due to the fact that the shares issued are
restricted and the Stockholders have no registration rights.

     In addition, the Company agreed to pay to the former owners of Morbria, a
maximum of Pound Sterling 930,000 if the net revenues of Morbria for the year
ended March 31, 2000 exceed Pound Sterling 3,160,000. If the net revenues in
year ending March 31, 2001 exceed Pound Sterling 3,160,000, Town Pages is
obligated to pay a sum equal to the amount by which net revenues exceed Pound
Sterling 3,160,000 multiplied by a factor of 1.77. The contingent consideration
will be satisfied by the issue of ordinary shares.

     The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and resulted in goodwill of approximately Pound Sterling 3.7 million. The
goodwill is being amortized over a 5 year period on a straight line basis. The
results of operations of Morbria are included in the accompanying statement of
operations from the date of acquisition.

ACQUISITION OF BUYERSGUIDE LIMITED

     On October 1, 1999, the Company consummated the acquisition of BuyersGuide
Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of England and
Wales ("BuyersGuide"). BuyersGuide publishes the Internet-based Local Authority
& Public Service "Buyer's Guide." In connection with the acquisition, in
exchange for all the outstanding capital stock of BuyersGuide, the Company
issued 486,381 ordinary shares, valued at Pound Sterling 2.5 million
(approximately US$4.2 million), based on a price of US$8.60, representing the
average of the closing price per share of the ADSs on the American Stock
Exchange on the five business days prior to the closing date of the acquisition.

     In addition, the Company agreed to pay to former owners of BuyersGuide an
amount equal to ten times the amount, if any, by which the pretax income of
Buyersguide for the 12 months ending March 31, 2000, exceeds Pound Sterling
250,000. Such Contingent Consideration shall be paid in the form of TownPages
shares, calculated at US$8.60 per share. In addition, there is a secondary
earnout payable of Pound Sterling 166,750 should sales invoices issued by
Buyersguide for the six months ended March 31, 2000 exceed Pound Sterling
900,000.
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   77
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND ACQUISITIONS -- (CONTINUED)
     The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and resulted in goodwill of approximately Pound Sterling 2.5 million. The
goodwill is being amortized over a 5 year period on a straight line basis. The
results of operations of BuyersGuide are included in the accompanying statement
of operations from the date of acquisition.

ACQUISITION AND MERGER WITH RESEARCH SALES INC.

     On November 1, 1999, the Company consummated the merger of its
newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary, Rasmussen Acquisition Corp., a Washington
corporation, with and into Research Sales, Inc. (d/b/a Rasmussen Research,
Inc.), a Washington corporation ("Research Sales"). Research Sales is an
Internet-based polling and market research firm. In connection with the merger,
in exchange for all of the capital stock of Research Sales, the Company issued
551,302 ordinary shares, valued at approximately Pound Sterling 2.0 million
(US$3.3 million), based on the US$ 6.00 per share closing price of the Company's
ADSs on the American Stock Exchange on October 29, 1999.

     The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and resulted in goodwill of approximately Pound Sterling 2.0 million. The
goodwill is being amortized over a 5 year period on a straight line basis. The
results of operations of Research Sales Inc. are included in the accompanying
statement of operations from the date of acquisition.

     An analysis of the allocation of the purchase prices of the acquisitions is
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   WWW      MORBRIA    BUYERSGUIDE    RESEARCH SALES
                                                  ------    -------    -----------    --------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>        <C>            <C>
Fair value of assets acquired...................  L (769)   L (384)      L   11           L   82
Goodwill........................................   5,109     3,835        2,537            2,000
                                                  ------    ------       ------           ------
Total purchase price............................  L4,340    L3,451       L2,548           L2,082
                                                  ======    ======       ======           ======
</TABLE>

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF ACQUISITIONS

     The unaudited pro forma effect of the acquisitions set forth above,
assuming each of the acquisitions was consummated at the beginning of the
respective year of acquisition and the immediately preceding year is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                 1998           1999
                                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Revenues....................................................  L 5,216,162    L10,079,154
Net loss....................................................  L(2,746,263)   L(4,263,687)
Net loss per share..........................................  L     (0.40)   L     (0.48)
</TABLE>

3. BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

     The Company and its subsidiaries finance working capital in part through an
uncommitted bank facility of Pound Sterling 200,000. The facility bears interest
at a rate of 2% over the prevailing UK base rate and is collateralised on a
debenture giving a fixed and floating charge on all assets of Graphic Palette
(Manchester) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary within the Morbria group.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>   78
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Since February 1996, we have financed our operations primarily through a
discretionary operating line of credit with Glen Investments Limited, a
corporation owned by the majority shareholder of the Company, who is a member of
its board of directors. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, Pound
Sterling 850,000 of the outstanding balance was converted into 850,000 shares of
the Company's Series A preferred stock. The remaining balance was repaid through
the proceeds received from the offering. Upon payment of the remaining balance,
the facility was discontinued.

     The Company's majority shareholder, who is also a director of the Company,
is the Chairman and a major shareholder of ci4net, a US public company which
invests in European internet companies involved in business to business,
business to consumer, e-commerce and infrastructure. ci4net has directly
purchased web site development services and have majority interests in some of
the customers for whom the Company provide exclusive web site development
services. ci4net directly accounted for revenues totalling L1,186,175 and
L163,397 in the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively, the
balance due from ci4net was L1,222,925 and L235,000 and the income deferred was
L23,285 and L136,603 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Additional
customers in which ci4net has a majority interest accounted for revenues
totalling L2,260,525 in the year ended December 31, 1999 and at that date the
balance due from such companies was L3,491,600 and the income deferred was
L813,625.

     Planet Edge, a subsidiary of ci4net, is a major supplier of Web site
development services for the Company. The Company purchased goods and services
from Planet Edge totalling L738,680 and L111,422 for the years ended December
31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. At December 31, 1999 and 1998, the outstanding
balances payable were L247,642 and L60,420, respectively.

     The Company's majority shareholder, who is also a director of the Company,
is also the majority shareholder in Glen Investments Limited. Morbria, a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company, has various Glen Investment Limited companies
as its customers. Revenues for these companies from September 24, 1999, (the
date of acquisition of Morbria), to December 31,1999 was L438,542. Balances
outstanding from these companies at December 31, 1999 totalled L827,952.

     Our President, Mr Andrew N Lyndon-Skeggs is the owner of Westbrook Property
Developments Limited, a property company based in Alton. The Company occupied
office space under a short term operating lease from Westbrook Property
Developments Limited. Amounts due to Westbrook Property Developments as at
December 31, 1999 totalled L1,944. The lease of the property was then assigned
to the Company for L1. Rental expense under this lease was L36,500, L40,300 and
L32,000 for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 respectively.

     Prior to our initial public offering, we financed our operations primarily
through a discretionary secured operating line of credit from Glen Investments
Limited. At December 31, 1998, we owed approximately L1.8 million, inclusive of
interest under this line of credit. On May 5, 1999, we completed our initial
public offering of American Depositary Shares representing 2,200,000 shares of
our common stock. Upon completion of this offering, L850,000 was converted into
850,000 of our 9% Series A preferred shares. This L850,000 represented the
outstanding balance owed to Glen Investments Limited as at May 5, 1999.

     Simon J. Ward, one of the members of our board of directors, is also a
director of CW Fellowes Limited, our operating subsidiary's independent business
advisor from 1995 to 1999. In the years ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
CW Fellowes supplied services totalling L176,430, L68,395 and L1,665,
respectively. Balances outstanding to CW Fellowes as at December 31, 1999 and
1998 were L54,045 and L15,852, respectively.

     The Company believes that all related-party transactions described above
were on terms no less favorable than would be obtained from unrelated third
parties. Any future transactions between the Company and its

                                      F-12
<PAGE>   79
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS -- (CONTINUED)
officers, directors and affiliates will be on terms no less favorable to the
Company than can be obtained from unaffiliated third parties, and any material
transactions with these persons will be approved by a majority of the Company's
disinterested directors.

5. COMMITMENTS

LEASE OBLIGATIONS AND OPERATING LEASES

     The Company's principal operating leases are for office buildings. In most
cases, it is expected that the operating leases will be renewed or replaced by
other leases in the normal course of business. The following is a schedule of
future minimum lease payments under both operating and capital leases at
December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              OPERATING LEASES   CAPITAL LEASES
                                                              ----------------   --------------
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>
Years ending December 31:
  2000......................................................     L  137,223        L 131,716
  2001......................................................        129,519           96,034
  2002......................................................        129,519           33,667
  2003......................................................        128,902               --
  2004......................................................        105,538               --
  2005 and thereafter.......................................        401,667               --
                                                                 ----------        ---------
Total minimum lease payments required.......................     L1,032,368          261,417
                                                                 ==========
Less amount representing interest...........................                         (19,154)
                                                                                   ---------
Present value of future lease payments......................                         242,263
Less current portion........................................                        (139,414)
                                                                                   ---------
Non current portion.........................................                       L 102,849
                                                                                   =========
</TABLE>

     Rental expense under operating leases was L83,953, L40,300, and L32,000 for
the years ended 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     In 1999, the Company entered into an agreement with NCR Limited whereby the
Company committed to purchasing a specified number of kiosks through August
2001. The cost of the kiosks are capitalized at the time of purchase. The
contract provides for cancellation penalties should the Company not fulfill the
requirements of the agreement. As at December 31, 1999, the Company is unsure as
to whether or not it will purchase the minimum number of kiosks required under
the agreement.

6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

ORDINARY SHARES

     On May 5, 1999, we completed our initial public offering of American
Depositary Shares representing 2,200,000 shares of our common stock. Proceeds
from the offering were approximately L10,708,677 ($17,294,512), net of offering
costs.

PREFERRED STOCK

     In December 1998, the Company's shareholders passed a resolution whereby
the articles of association of the Company were amended to increase the share
capital of the Company to allow for the creation of a class of Series A
preferred stock, L1 par value, whereby the Company is authorized to issue up to
5,000,000 shares. The Series A preferred stock will not be redeemable, except by
mutual agreement of the Company and holder

                                      F-13
<PAGE>   80
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY -- (CONTINUED)
within 12 months from the completion of the initial public offering of the
Company's shares. The shares are non-voting. The preferred stockholders are
entitled to non-cumulative dividends at a 9% coupon rate. The liquidation rate
of the Series A preferred shares are at their par value, and the Series A
preferred shares have preference in that amount in liquidation or dissolution
over the ordinary shares. The terms of the Series A preferred shares prohibit
the payment of cash dividends on the ordinary shares in any year until the
Company also declares and pays a 9% dividend on the Series A preferred shares.
The Series A preferred shares are convertible into ordinary shares, at the
option of the holder, at any time from May 6, 2000 at a conversion price of
US$12.00 per share.

7. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

     The Company's businesses are organized, managed and internally reported as
separate business units which are reportable under SFAS No. 131.

     As required, we have determined that we have five principal businesses: (1)
Town Pages which operates an interactive online local content network and
develops e-commerce channels, (2) WWW which is an internet provider of cinema
information and advertising services, (3) Morbria which provides web site design
services, (4) BuyersGuide which publishes the internet based Local Authority and
Public Service "Buyers Guide", and (5) Research Sales which is an internet based
polling and market research firm.

     The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in
the summary of significant accounting policies. We evaluate performance and
allocate resources based on segmental operating income (loss).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 ITEMS TO
                                                                                               RECONCILE TO   RESULTS PER
                                                                                                FINANCIAL      FINANCIAL
                                TOWN PAGES    WWW    MORBRIA   BUYERS GUIDE   RESEARCH SALES    STATEMENTS    STATEMENTS
                                ----------   -----   -------   ------------   --------------   ------------   -----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>          <C>     <C>       <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
Net sales
  1999                           L 5,254     L 837   L1,081       L  62           L  14              --         L 7,248
  1998                             1,120        --       --          --              --              --           1,120
  1997                                 8        --       --          --              --              --               8
Intersegment sales
  1999                           L    --     L  --   L  448       L  --           L  --           L(448)        L    --
  1998                                --        --       --          --              --              --              --
  1997                                --        --       --          --              --              --              --
Operating income (loss)
  1999                           L(2,193)    L(198)  L  512       L(163)          L(119)          L  --         L(2,161)
  1998                              (800)       --       --          --              --              --            (800)
  1997                              (329)       --       --          --              --              --            (329)
Long-lived assets
  1999                           L14,091     L  82   L  577       L  11           L 416           L  --         L15,177
  1998                               125        --       --          --              --              --             125
  1997                                19        --       --          --              --              --              19
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>   81
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

7. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 ITEMS TO
                                                                                               RECONCILE TO   RESULTS PER
                                                                                                FINANCIAL      FINANCIAL
                                TOWN PAGES    WWW    MORBRIA   BUYERS GUIDE   RESEARCH SALES    STATEMENTS    STATEMENTS
                                ----------   -----   -------   ------------   --------------   ------------   -----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>          <C>     <C>       <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
Depreciation and amortization
  1999                           L 1,015     L  20   L   32       L   1           L  21           L  --         L 1,089
  1998                                42        --       --          --              --              --              42
  1997                                13        --       --          --              --              --              13
Additions to long-lived assets
  1999                           L14,872     L  46   L    3       L   1           L   6           L  --         L14,928
  1998                               148        --       --          --              --              --             148
  1997                                17        --       --          --              --              --              17
</TABLE>

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

     Our operations outside the UK include some revenues of Town Pages UK
Limited and the activities of our US based wholly owned subsidiary, Research
Sales, Inc. All non UK activities were within the United States. The following
is a summary of the Company's operations by geographic region at and for the
three years ended December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------------
                                                                1999         1998        1997
                                                              --------      -------      -----
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>          <C>
Revenues from customers
  United Kingdom............................................  L 4,115       L  771        L 8
  United States.............................................    3,133          349         --
                                                              -------       ------        ---
          Total.............................................  L 7,248       L1,120        L 8
                                                              =======       ======        ===
Long-lived assets
  United Kingdom............................................  L14,761       L  125        L19
  United States.............................................      416           --         --
                                                              -------       ------        ---
          Total.............................................  L15,177       L  125        L19
                                                              =======       ======        ===
</TABLE>

8. STOCK BASED BENEFIT PLANS

STOCK OPTION PLAN

     In December 1998, the board of directors approved a stock option plan, the
Town Pages Executive Share Option Plan (the "Plan") in the Company, whereby the
directors and employees may acquire ordinary shares. Options are exercisable on
the third anniversary of the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of
grant. Options granted shall not be at less than 100% of the fair value of the
ordinary shares on the date of grant. Where ordinary shares are to be subscribed
on the exercise of an option, the option price cannot be less than the nominal
value of an ordinary share. An employee's participation is limited so that the
aggregate price payable for ordinary shares under option in any ten year period
does not exceed a multiple of ten times the employee's remuneration. An
aggregate of 10% of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding from time to time
may be issued or issuable under the Plan. For the purposes of this limit,
options which lapse or ordinary shares held in treasury, are not taken into
account.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>   82
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

8. STOCK BASED BENEFIT PLANS -- (CONTINUED)
     The following is a summary of stock option activity and related
information:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        WEIGHTED
                                                                                        AVERAGE
                                                                                        EXERCISE
                                   $10.00     $7.00      $6.75     $6.375     TOTAL      PRICE
                                   -------    ------    -------    ------    -------    --------
<S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Outstanding December 31, 1998....       --        --         --        --         --
  Granted........................  177,500    29,526    155,500    57,974    420,500     $7.80
  Exercised......................       --        --         --        --         --        --
  Cancelled......................       --        --         --        --         --        --
                                   -------    ------    -------    ------    -------
Outstanding December 31, 1999....  177,500    29,526    155,500    57,974    420,500     $7.80
                                   =======    ======    =======    ======    =======     =====
Weighted Average Remaining
  Contractual Life (Years).......     9.33      9.58       9.92      9.92       9.69
                                   =======    ======    =======    ======    =======
</TABLE>

     No options were exercisable at December 31, 1999.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     As permitted under SFAS No. 123, we have elected to follow Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for
stock-based awards to employees. Pro forma information regarding net loss and
net loss per share is required by SFAS No. 123 for awards granted after December
31, 1994, as if we had accounted for our stock-based awards to employees under
the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. We estimated the fair value of our
stock-based awards to employees using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
Black-Scholes model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded
options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In
addition, the Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective
assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because our
stock-based awards to employees have characteristics significantly different
from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input
assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's
opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single
measure of the fair value of our stock-based awards to employees. The fair value
of our stock-based awards to employees was estimated assuming no expected
dividends and the following weighted-average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Expected life (years).......................................   4.0
Expected stock price volatility.............................  86.2%
Risk-free interest rate.....................................   5.5%
</TABLE>

     For pro forma purposes, the estimated fair value of our stock-based awards
to employee's is amortized over the options' vesting period. Our pro forma
information follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1999
                                                              ----------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS
                                                              EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                   DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>
Net loss -- as reported.....................................      L(2,058)
                                                                  =======
Net loss -- pro forma.......................................      L(2,283)
                                                                  =======
Basic and diluted net loss per share -- as reported.........      L (0.29)
                                                                  =======
Basic and net loss per share -- pro forma...................      L (0.32)
                                                                  =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-16
<PAGE>   83
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

8. STOCK BASED BENEFIT PLANS -- (CONTINUED)
     Because the first stock-based awards were not granted until 1999, the pro
forma effect will not be fully reflected until approximately 2002. We granted a
total of 420,500 stock-based awards during 1999 with exercise prices equal to
the market price of the stock on the grant date. The weighted average exercise
price and weighted average fair value of these awards were $7.80 and $5.09
respectively.

9. INCOME TAXES

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amount used for corporation tax purposes.

     Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AS AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                1998          1999
                                                              ---------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
  Net operating loss carryforwards..........................  L 251,016    L 1,007,535
  Accelerated capital allowances............................      1,052          6,624
  Other temporary differences...............................         --            668
                                                              ---------    -----------
  Total deferred tax asset..................................    252,068      1,014,827
  Less: valuation allowance.................................   (252,068)    (1,014,827)
                                                              ---------    -----------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
  Accelerated capital allowances............................         --        108,669
                                                              ---------    -----------
  Net deferred tax liability................................  L      --    L   108,669
                                                              =========    ===========
</TABLE>

     Because of the Group's lack of earnings history, the deferred tax assets
have been fully offset by a valuation allowance: The valuation allowance
increased by L762,759 in 1999 from 1998. As of December 31, 1999 the Group had
net operating loss carryforwards of approximately L3,356,000. There is no
expiration date on the operating losses.

     Significant components of the income tax expense are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Current tax.................................................  L     --
Deferred tax................................................   108,669
                                                              --------
Income tax expense/(credit).................................  L108,669
                                                              ========
</TABLE>

     Due to operating losses and the inability to recognize a corporation tax
benefit therefrom, there was no provision for income taxes in 1997 or 1998.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>   84
                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

9. INCOME TAXES -- (CONTINUED)
     The following is a reconciliation between statutory United Kingdom income
taxes and the total provision for income taxes:

     The actual income tax expense in 1999 differs from the tax expense computed
at the UK statutory rate of 31% as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999
                                                              ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
Statutory United Kingdom income tax expense.................  L(571,644)
Goodwill amortization not deductable........................    253,890
Losses for which no tax benefit is available................    353,707
Other.......................................................     72,716
                                                              ---------
Income tax expense..........................................  L 108,669
                                                              =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-18
<PAGE>   85

                                  SCHEDULE II

                              TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ADDITIONS
                                                               ----------
                                                BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO
                                               BEGINNING OF    COSTS AND                    BALANCE AT
                 DESCRIPTION                      PERIOD        EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS    END OF PERIOD
                 -----------                   ------------    ----------    ----------    -------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
Allowance for doubtful accounts..............          --             --            --             --
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
Allowance for doubtful accounts..............          --             --            --             --
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999
Allowance for doubtful accounts..............          --       L180,966            --       L180,966
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(a) Acquired from subsidiaries.

                                       S-1
<PAGE>   86

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for
filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                          TOWNPAGESNET.COM PLC

                                          By:    /s/ VISCOUNT LIFFORD
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name: Viscount Edward James Wingfield
                                          Lifford
                                          Title: Chairman/Director

                                          By: /s/ ANDREW N. LYNDON-SKEGGS
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name: Andrew Neville Lyndon-Skeggs
                                          Title: President/Director

                                          By:    /s/ RICHARD I. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name: Richard I. Walker
                                          Title: Director/Chief Financial
                                          Officer

                                          By:     /s/ KEVIN R. LEECH
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name: Kevin R. Leech
                                          Title: Director

                                          By:      /s/ SIMON J. WARD
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name: Simon J. Ward
                                          Title: Director

Dated: April 14, 2000
<PAGE>   87

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                       DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- -------                     ----------------------
<C>      <S>
 10.1    Agreement between Town Pages UK Limited and NCR Limited.
 10.2    Amendment to Employment Agreement with Andrew Neville
         Lyndon-Skeggs.
 21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 27.1    Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1

                                MASTER AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

        Town Pages UK Limited of 11 Market Square, Alton, Hampshire, GU34

                              1HD (the "Customer")

                                       and

                       NCR Limited of 206 Marylebone Road

                             London NW1 6LY ("NCR")

                       ----------------------------------

                                    CONTENTS

1 - Definitions

2 - Orders, Addenda, and Contract Formation

3 - Delivery and Installation

4 - Prices, Invoice, Payment, Taxes, and Title

5 - Services

6 - Licence to Use Software and Deliverables

7 - Warranties

8 - Customer Obligations

9 - Product Evaluation

10 - Defence of Infringement Claims

11 - NCR's Liability

12 - Dispute Resolution

13 - Miscellaneous Terms

1 DEFINITIONS

Agreement     means this Master Agreement.

Addendum                      is defined in Section 2.1.

Contract                      is defined in Section 2.2.

Deliverables                  is defined in Section 5.3.

Equipment                     means hardware and associated peripherals and
                              features that the Customer acquires from NCR.

Interest                      Rate two percent above the London one year LIBOR
                              rate for sterling, accruing daily


                                       1
<PAGE>   2

              both before and after judgement

NCR Product Specifications    means NCR's official published specifications for
                              Products when the Customer acquires them (which
                              NCR will provide to the Customer upon request),
                              and the documentation which NCR includes with
                              Products delivered to the Customer.

NCR                           means NCR Ltd.

Products                      means Equipment, Software, Services, Deliverables,
                              and Supplies.

Services                      means those services that the Customer acquires
                              from NCR, including those described in Section
                              5.0.

Software                      means computer programs in any form that the
                              Customer acquires from NCR, but does not include
                              diagnostic software as set out in Section 6.3

Supplies                      means consumable items that the Customer acquires
                              from NCR.

      2     ORDERS, ADDENDA, AND CONTRACT FORMATION

      2.1   Scope; Addenda -- This Agreement establishes general terms and
            conditions that apply to the Customer's acquisition (directly or
            through a leasing company) of Products for the Customer use. The
            Customer and NCR may agree to additional terms covering a specific
            transaction. These terms will be contained in an "Addendum" (which
            may be called an Addendum, "Statement of Work," or other name).

      2.2   Contracts -- This Agreement, standing alone, does not constitute an
            obligation to buy or provide Products except and until the Customer
            and NCR enter into an Addendum, purchase order, or other document
            that contains terms and conditions, such as Products being ordered,
            quantities, prices, delivery schedules, and discounts, which apply
            only to a specific transaction. This Agreement and each set of
            transaction-specific documentation will together constitute a
            "Contract" between the Customer and NCR that is a binding agreement
            separate from other Contracts. NCR may accept written or oral
            orders. NCR accepts an order when it signs the order or acknowledges
            it by performance or otherwise. If NCR accepts a written order, the
            Contract includes the written order, this Agreement and any
            applicable Addenda. Unless NCR specifically agrees in writing, any
            preprinted language on the Customer order forms will not be a part
            of the Contract. If NCR accepts an oral order, the Contract includes
            this Agreement and any applicable Addenda, and the quantities,
            prices and product identifications confirmed on NCR's invoice or
            acknowledgment. If there is a conflict within any Contract, the
            following order of precedence will apply: first, the order, second,
            any applicable Addenda, and finally, this Agreement.

      2.3   Other Software Licence Terms; Other Company's Products -- If NCR
            provides Software to the Customer with a "shrink-wrap" or other
            licence, those licence terms are included in the Contract rather
            than the licence terms in this Agreement. If NCR provides the
            Customer with Equipment, Software, Deliverables, or Supplies that
            bear the logo or copyright of another company with warranty and/or
            support terms from the other company, the other company's terms are,
            in relation to the other company's products, included in the
            Contract rather than those in this Agreement, and, unless
            specifically agreed in writing, NCR provides no warranty or support
            for these products. Upon the Customer's request, NCR will give the
            Customer a copy of the terms discussed in this Section 2. before the
            Customer orders these products.

      2.4   Invoiced Services -- In order to facilitate the continuation of
            Services at the end of a warranty period or maintenance Service
            term, NCR may offer to provide the Services by sending invoices
            covering them to the person the Customer designates. These invoices
            will clearly describe the Services and identify the covered
            Products. The Contract for the Services will include this Agreement
            and the terms on the face of the invoice. If the Customer does not
            want the Services but the Customer's employees mistakenly pay the
            invoice or accept the Services, then the Customer


                                       2
<PAGE>   3

            may notify NCR within three months in which event NCR will cancel
            the Contract. If the Customer has made any payments, NCR will refund
            them, less charges for time and materials which NCR has already
            provided at the Customer's request. If the Customer has not made any
            payments, NCR will charge the Customer for time and materials which
            NCR has already provided at the Customer's request.

      2.5   Electronic Data Interchange ("EDI") -- NCR may provide EDI options,
            including electronic ordering, invoicing and payment. These options
            and NCR's acceptance of the Customers electronic document will be
            governed by an EDI Addendum to this Agreement. If, however, the
            Customer and NCR communicate electronically without executing an EDI
            Addendum, an identification code contained in an electronic document
            will be legally sufficient to verify the sender's identity and the
            document's authenticity as a signed writing.

      2.6   Changes -- Each Contract is the complete agreement between the
            Customer and NCR concerning transactions covered by it, and replaces
            any prior or contemporary oral or written communications. If the
            Customer requests that NCR cancel or modify a Contract (including
            changing delivery or installation dates or locations), the Customer
            and NCR will negotiate in good faith new schedules and/or sufficient
            compensation to NCR for accommodating the Customer. If no agreement
            is reached, the Contract will continue unmodified, and if the
            Customer refuses to perform further or reject NCR's tender of
            Products, NCR may pursue its available remedies. No change to this
            Agreement or a Contract will be effective unless it is in writing
            and signed by authorised representatives of both the Customer and
            NCR. Changes to Contracts should be made on NCR's change control
            form.

      3     DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION

      3.1   Delivery -- NCR will use all reasonable efforts to perform its
            obligations by dates included in a Contract. These dates are
            estimates only. NCR will inform the Customer of delays as far in
            advance as reasonably possible. If NCR's performance is delayed
            (other than by a force majeure) for an unreasonable time, the
            Customer may cancel delivery without penalty.

      3.2   Location and Risk of Loss -- NCR will deliver Products to the
            location that the Customer specifies. If the Customer selects the
            shipping agent, the agent's receipt of the Products constitutes
            delivery. Risk of loss passes to the Customer upon delivery. The
            Customer agrees to inspect Products when the Customer receives them
            and to notify NCR promptly if there is any visible damage.

      3.3   Installation -- NCR will notify the Customer prior to the scheduled
            delivery date if Products require a special physical environment.
            The Customer agrees to provide that environment prior to
            installation. Upon request, NCR will provide installation Services
            which may be separately chargeable.

4 PRICES, INVOICE, PAYMENT, TAXES, AND TITLE

      4.1   Prices -- Prices will be included in Contracts. If NCR announces a
            price increase for a Product which the Customer has ordered and the
            Contract specifies delivery more than 120 days after the price
            increase becomes effective, NCR may increase the Customer price for
            the Product. Price increases for Services or Software licensed for a
            periodic fee will only apply to subsequent billing periods.

      4.2   Invoice and Payment -- NCR will invoice the Customer:

            4.2.1 for Equipment and Software -after delivery to the Customer or
                  its contractors, unless NCR stores Equipment or Software for
                  the Customer, in which case NCR will invoice the Customer when
                  storage begins;

            4.2.2 for recurring Services -- in advance; and

            4.2.3 for non-recurring Services, including the provision of
                  Deliverables, after NCR provides them to the Customer.

            Payment is due when the Customer receives the invoice. NCR reserves
            thc right to charge interest at the Interest Rate on late payments
            if it does not receive payment within 30 days from the date of the
            invoice. If the Customer does not pay after NCR notifies the
            Customer of


                                       3
<PAGE>   4

            the Customer's default, NCR also may suspend or terminate applicable
            Services and repossess or reclaim the applicable Products without
            waiving NCR's right to payment.

      4.3   Taxes and Other Charges -- Unless otherwise stated Product prices
            exclude delivery and installation charges; charges associated with
            preparing the Customer's site; and all taxes (such as sales, use,
            and ad valorem taxes, and assessments after audit) other than NCR's
            net income or franchise taxes. If the Customer qualifies for tax
            exemptions, the Customer must provide NCR with appropriate exemption
            documentation.

      4.4   Title -- Title to Equipment passes to the Customer on delivery,
            except that if NCR stores purchased Equipment for the Customer,
            title passes to the Customer where and when storage occurs. Where
            NCR stores purchased Equipment, NCR will charge the Customer
            reasonable amounts for such storage.

5 SERVICES

      5.1   Equipment Warranty and Maintenance Services

            5.1.1  During the term of an Equipment warranty or Contract for
                   Equipment maintenance Services, NCR will maintain the covered
                   Equipment in accordance with this Section so that it complies
                   with the warranties in Section 7.1.2. Unless otherwise
                   stated, the initial term of a Contract for Equipment
                   maintenance Services is one year and will automatically renew
                   for additional one year terms unless the Customer or NCR
                   terminate it, no later than 30 days prior to the commencement
                   of the new term.

            5.1.2  NCR's Equipment warranty and prepaid or contract maintenance
                   Services include parts and, if labour is included in the
                   Service, labour during covered hours. Replaced parts become
                   or remain NCR's property. NCR will charge separately for:

                   5.1.2.1  Supplies;

                   5.1.2.2  service calls outside of the applicable scope of
                            contracted Service or coverage hours;

                   5.1.2.3  service calls for Equipment that was in good
                            operating condition at the time of the call;

                   5.1.2.4  use of specified types of Equipment above their
                            rated usage levels (which NCR will provide to the
                            Customer at the Customer's request); and

                   5.1.2.5  per-call Services covering Products outside of
                            warranty or not on contract maintenance.

            5.1.3  NCR will also charge separately to repair Equipment which has
                   failed due to:

                   5.1.3.1  an alteration to Equipment or Software or attachment
                            not provided by NCR, approved by NCR in writing or
                            compatible with NCR's standard interfaces;

                   5.1.3.2  the Customer's use of Supplies or products acquired
                            from third parties that are defective or that do not
                            meet NCR standards or specifications;

                   5.1.3.3  he Customer or any third party's negligence, misuse,
                            or abuse; or:

                   5.1.3.4  fire, smoke, water, or acts of God.

            5.1.4  The Customer must maintain the Equipment site consistent with
                   NCR specifications at the Customer's expense, and the
                   Customer must provide safe working conditions and appropriate
                   utility services for maintenance personnel. When Equipment is
                   under warranty or a Contract for maintenance Services, or is
                   loaned to the Customer under Section 9.0, the Customer may
                   not allow anyone other than NCR or an authorised NCR warranty
                   service provider to maintain it. Before accepting an order
                   for maintenance Services for Equipment that is not then under
                   maintenance Services or which anyone other than NCR has
                   installed or serviced. NCR may inspect and refurbish it at
                   the Customer's expense. Orders for maintenance Services must
                   include all of the same type of Equipment at a location.

            5.1.5  If NCR provides Services for products the Customer acquires
                   from third parties, NCR will maintain those products in good
                   operating condition during the term of the contract for those
                   Services. NCR will not assume the manufacturer's warranty
                   obligations or make modifications specified by the
                   manufacturer unless otherwise agreed in writing.


                                       4
<PAGE>   5

      5.2   Software Support

            5.2.1  During the term of a Software warranty or Contract for
                   Software Support, NCR will perform the following in
                   accordance with this Agreement:

                   5.2.1.1  provide telephone access to NCR support resources to
                            assist in resolving Software problems; and

                   5.2.1.2  distribute, at the Customer's request, Software
                            updates. NCR will announce the availability of
                            updates via internet postings or otherwise.

                   Unless otherwise stated, the initial term of a Contract for
                   Software Support is one year and will automatically renew for
                   additional one year terms unless the Customer or NCR
                   terminate it no later than 30 days prior to the commencement
                   of the new term.

            5.2.2  NCR will provide Software Support for the most recent release
                   and the prior release of covered Software. Software Support
                   for the prior release may not include updates or code level
                   fixes if these are not available to NCR. When the Customer
                   orders Software Support, the Customer must order the same
                   level of service (to the extent available) for all
                   interdependent Software operating on the same Equipment. If
                   the Customer has licensed multiple copies of the same
                   Software, the Customer must order Software Support for each
                   copy used at the same location.

            5.2.3  To permit NCR to provide Software Support, upon request the
                   Customer agrees to assist in isolating Software problems. The
                   Customer also agrees to provide modems and telephone lines
                   for NCR to access the Customers system remotely, to install
                   and test all fixes and updates, and to perform other actions
                   reasonably requested by NCR.

      5.3   Professional Services -- When NCR performs Services for the
            Customer, NCR may provide the Customer with "Deliverables."
            Deliverables may include:

            5.3.1  custom or third party Software in executable or source code
                   form; and

            5.3.2  written, visual, or audio materials such as architectural
                   designs, data models, and training materials in either
                   written or electronic form; which relate to the Customer's
                   information processing systems.

                   Software Deliverables may be subject to additional terms and
                   conditions contained in an Addendum.

      5.4   Year 2000 maintenance and support


                                       5
<PAGE>   6

            5.4.1  If, during the term of a Software warranty, Equipment
                   warranty, Contract for Software Support or Equipment
                   maintenance services, as appropriate, NCR receives a
                   substantial number of calls attributable to century date
                   issues, the Customer recognises that this may have an effect
                   on NCR's ability to achieve any service levels that would
                   otherwise apply. If NCR (notwithstanding that NCR has solely
                   for this reason used all reasonable endeavours) fails to meet
                   those service levels, NCR shall not be liable for such
                   failure.

6 LICENCE TO USE SOFTWARE AND DELIVERABLES

      6.1   Scope -- Subject to the Customer's payment of all one-time or
            periodic licence fees, NCR grants the Customer a non-transferable,
            non-exclusive licence to use Software and Deliverables under the
            terms of this Agreement. Unless the Contract specifies that the
            licence to Software is periodic, the Customer's licence is
            perpetual. If the Contract does not specify usage terms such as the
            number of users or site licence rights, the Customer may use the
            Software at any time on a single processing unit of the class and
            model for which the Customer originally licensed it. The Customer
            may use the Software in object code only, unless the Customer and
            NCR agree to additional terms regarding the use of source code. The
            Customer may use the Software only for the Customer's internal use,
            (which may include use by the Customers end users where such use is
            normal for the Equipment to which the Software relates). The licence
            term for Software and Deliverables begins on delivery. The
            Customer's licence to use Software or Deliverables terminates
            automatically if the Customer violates the licence terms. When a
            licence terminates, the Customer will immediately stop using the
            Software or Deliverables and either return or destroy all copies.

      6.2   General -- The Customer may not copy Software or Deliverables;
            transfer, disclose, sublicense or distribute them to any party; or
            use them other than as allowed by this Agreement or a Contract,
            except that, subject to Section 2.3:

            6.2.1  The Customer may transfer Software and Deliverables to the
                   Customer's affiliates who agree to be bound by this
                   Agreement:

            6.2.2  The Customer may give access to the Software and Deliverables
                   to the Customer's consultants who agree to be bound by the
                   licence terms of this Section 6.0 and the Contract, for the
                   sole purpose of performing consulting services for the
                   Customer, and:

            6.2.3  if the Customer transfers Equipment to a third party, the
                   Customer may transfer Software running on that Equipment to
                   the third party for that party's internal use only (and not
                   for resale or redistribution) if the Customer notifies NCR
                   and gives the other party a copy of the licence terms of the
                   Contract, including this Section 6.0 and all usage
                   limitations. The licence transfer will be effective when the
                   third party accepts the terms by initial use of the Software
                   and pays any applicable relicence fees.

            The Customer will retain copyright notices and proprietary legends
            on all copies of Software and Deliverables the Customer possess or
            transfers. Software and Deliverables remain the property of NCR or
            its licensors. The Customer will not take any steps, such as reverse
            assembly or reverse compilation, to derive a source code equivalent
            of Software, except to the extent permitted by law.

      6.3   Diagnostic Software -- NCR may provide Products to the Customer that
            include software, data, documentation, and other material that NCR
            uses to diagnose the operation of the Products ("Diagnostic Tools").
            Diagnostic software may be firmware or it may be loaded in memory
            from disks or other media. The Diagnostic Tools are not licensed for
            use by any person other than NCR. Diagnostic Tools are the
            confidential intellectual property of NCR and are provided solely to
            assist NCR in supporting its Products. They may not be copied,
            disclosed to any third party (except under the same terms as under
            Section 6.2.3), or used by any person for any purpose whatsoever
            without NCR's express written consent NCR may delete or remove
            Diagnostic Tools at any time without notice. NCR provides no
            warranties for diagnostic tools and is not liable for their use by
            any person other than NCR.


                                       6
<PAGE>   7

7 WARRANTIES

      7.1   Equipment, Supplies, Software, and Services -- NCR warrants that:

            7.1.1  Title in Equipment and Supplies will be free and clear.

            7.1.2  Equipment, Supplies, and Software media will be free from
                   defects in material and workmanship and will conform to NCR
                   Product Specifications. Software operation will materially
                   conform to NCR Product Specifications (except for Software
                   Deliverables, which are covered in 7.1.3 below).

            7.1.3  Deliverables, including Software Deliverables, will
                   materially conform to the specifications included in the
                   applicable Addendum.

            7.1.4  Equipment and Software listed in the "NCR Year 2000
                   Qualification List" ("Qualified Products") at the time of
                   acquisition from NCR will comply with the "NCR Year 2000
                   Qualification Requirements Definition" in effect at the time
                   of acquisition. Both the Qualification List and the
                   Qualification Requirements Definition will be made available
                   to the Customer at the Customer's request. This warranty
                   applies only to the performance of the Qualified Products
                   themselves, and does not extend to the use of Qualified
                   Products in combination with other products, whether acquired
                   from NCR or not. Notwithstanding Section 7.2, this warranty
                   is not limited in duration.

            7.1.5  NCR will provide Services in a professional manner consistent
                   with Section 5.0 and any Contract in effect at the time the
                   Services are rendered.

      Equipment may include used components, which will not affect the
      applicable warranties.

      7.2   Warranty Period -- The warranty period for Equipment, Supplies,
            Software and Deliverables will be agreed per Contract. The warranty
            period begins on delivery of the Product. The warranty for a copy of
            a piece of Software covers only that specific copy; software fixes
            supplied under warranty Services may nor be incorporated into other
            copies of the same Software which are not then under warranty or a
            Contract for Software Support. If the Contract does not state the
            warranty period there is no warranty (other than 7.1.1 and 7.1.4
            above).

      7.3   Nonconformance with Warranties -- If Equipment, Software (except
            Software Deliverables, which are covered by the next sentence), or
            Supplies do not conform to their warranties during the applicable
            warranty period, NCR will promptly and without charge;

            7.3.1  under Section 5.1 repair Equipment or replace it with a unit
                   of Equipment that is at least functionally equivalent;

            7.3.2  under Section 5.2 correct Software; or

            7.3.3  replace Supplies.

            If NCR does not perform Services as warranted (including by
            providing Deliverables that do not conform to their warranties) and
            the Customer provides prompt notice, NCR will use all reasonable
            efforts to reperform them.

      7.4   Refunds

            7.4.1  If NCR is unable to repair, correct, or replace Equipment,
                   Software (except Software Deliverables, which are covered by
                   Section 7.4.2), or supplies under Section 7.3 within a
                   reasonable time, the Customer may return the defective
                   Product and obtain a refund, or the Customer may accept the
                   Product "as is."

            7.4.2  If NCR is unable to reperform Services as warranted under
                   Section 7.3 within a reasonable time (including by correcting
                   any non-conforming Deliverables), the Customer may terminate
                   the Contract and obtain a refund of the Customer payments to
                   NCR for those Services and/or associated Deliverables. The
                   Customer refund for a fixed term Services Contract will not
                   exceed the Customer's most recent payment for such Services.

            7.4.3  Any refund under this Section 7.0 will be reduced on the same
                   basis as the Customer depreciates the Product(s) in the
                   Customer's financial statements, calculated from the delivery
                   date. If the Customer does not depreciate the Product(s), the
                   refund will be reduced on a 5-year straight-line basis.

      7.5   Warranty Services -- NCR will provide warranty Services as set out
            in this Agreement and the relevant Contract. The Customer may
            separately purchase expanded warranty Services from NCR, when
            available.


                                       7
<PAGE>   8

      7.6   Except for warranties specifically contained in this Agreement or a
            contract, NCR disclaims all warranties, express and implied,
            including but not limited to the implied warranties of
            merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, and those
            arising from a course of dealing. NCR does not warrant that Products
            will operate uninterrupted or error free, or that all deficiencies,
            errors, defects or nonconformities will be corrected. NCR has no
            warranty obligation for Products that the Customer acquires from
            third parties, even if NCR assisted in evaluating or selecting them.
            The failure of Products the Customer acquires from third parties or
            their suppliers will not affect the Customer's obligations to NCR.
            If NCR designates that Products are provided "as is," there is no
            warranty.

      7.7   Exclusive Remedies - The Customer's rights and remedies set forth in
            this Agreement or a Contract are exclusive and in lieu of all other
            rights and remedies related to any Contract or Product (except to
            the extent that applicable law prohibits agreements to disclaim
            warranties or limit liabilities).

8 CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS

      8.1   The successful performance of the Products depends on the Customer's
            knowledgeable selection and operation of the Products and the
            Customer's reasonable cooperation with NCR. The Customer's
            obligations include, unless otherwise agreed:

            8.1.1  determining whether the Products, if they perform as
                   warranted, will meet the Customer specific requirements;

            8.1.2  giving NCR sufficient, free, and safe access to the
                   Customer's facilities, free of any hazardous materials (e.g.,
                   asbestos) or conditions;

            8.1.3  providing back-up equipment and services to safeguard the
                   Customer's programs, data and funds;

            8.1.4  implementing and operating the Products;

            8.1.5  testing and operating Software and all Software updates; and

            8.1.6  documenting Software problems;

            8.1.7  giving NCR reasonable access to the Customer's employees,
                   including clearly identified key contacts;

            8.1.8  obtaining the commitment of the Customer's management to the
                   success of the Products and communicating that commitment to
                   all of Customer's employees;

            8.1.9  appropriately educating the Customer's employees on the use
                   of the Products;

            8.1.10 giving NCR information that it requests that is reasonably
                   relevant to the Customer's implementation or operation of the
                   Products;

            8.1.11 obtaining any necessary governmental permits or consents.

9 PRODUCT EVALUATION

      9.1   NCR may loan Products to the Customer for the Customer's evaluation.
            The Customer and NCR will agree in advance on;

            9.1.1  the length of the evaluation period;

            9.1.2  prices if the Customer elects to acquire the Products;

            9.1.3  the post-evaluation warranty periods, if any; and;

            9.1.4  the post-evaluation warranty periods, if any; and;

            9.1.5  who will bear related costs of freight,
                   installation/deinstallation and maintenance.

            The evaluation period will begin when NCR delivers the Products to
            the Customer. At the end of the evaluation period, the Customer will
            make the Products available for return to NCR, or NCR will invoice
            the Customer for the Products at the agreed prices. The Customer
            agrees not to move the Products to another location during the
            evaluation without NCR's consent. During the Customer's evaluation,
            products are furnished to the Customer "as is." If the Customer is
            dissatisfied with them for any reason, the Customer's exclusive
            remedy will be NCR's removal of the products from the Customer site.


                                       8
<PAGE>   9

10 DEFENCE OF INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS

      10.1  NCR will defend at its expense any claim or suit brought against the
            Customer alleging that any Product infringes a patent, copyright or
            trade secret and will pay all costs and damages finally awarded, if
            the Customer promptly notifies NCR of the claim and gives NCR;

            10.1.1 the information and cooperation that NCR reasonably asks for,
                   and;

            10.1.2 sole authority to defend or settle the claim.

      10.2  In handling the claim, NCR may obtain for the Customer the right to
            continue using the Product or replace or modify the Product so that
            ii becomes non-infringing. If NCR is unable to reasonably secure
            those remedies, as a last resort NCR will refund the purchase price
            for infringing Equipment and refund one-time licence fees for
            infringing Software. The refund will be reduced on the same basis as
            the Customer depreciate the infringing Product in the Customer
            financial statements. If the Customer does not depreciate it, the
            refund will be reduced on a 5-year straight-line basis. NCR is not
            obligated to indemnify the Customer under this Section 10.0 if the
            alleged infringement is based on the use of the Product with other
            products not furnished directly by NCR, or on NCR's compliance with
            any designs, specifications or instructions provided by the
            Customer, or on the modification of the product by anyone other than
            NCR. This section states NCR's entire liability for infringement of
            patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and other intellectual property
            rights.

11 NCR'S LIABILITY

      11.1  Circumstances may arise where, because of NCR's default or other
            liability, the Customer is entitled to recover damages from NCR. In
            each such instance, regardless of the basis on which the Customer
            becomes entitled to claim damages, the Customer's sole remedy, and
            NCR's entire liability (except to the extent that applicable law
            prohibits agreements to limit liabilities), is as follows:

      11.2  For failure;

            11.2.1 of Equipment, Supplies, and Software (other than Software
                   Deliverables, which are covered by the next clause) to
                   conform to their warranties during a warranty period,

            11.2.2 to perform Services (including by providing Deliverables that
                   do not conform to their warranties) as warranted, and

            11.2.3 any warranty as sot out in Section 7.4. as stated in Section
                   7.0.

      11.3  For delays in delivery, as stated in Section 3.1 or as otherwise
            provided in a Contract.

      11.4  For the Customer dissatisfaction with Products that NCR loans to the
            Customer, as stated in Section 9.0.

      11.5  For infringement of patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and other
            intellectual property rights, as stated in Section 10.0.

      11.6  For bodily injury, including death, caused by NCR's negligence,
            NCR's liability will be unlimited, to the extent NCR's negligence
            caused the injury. For physical damage to tangible property, NCR
            will be liable for direct damages up to (pound)2,000,0O0 per
            occurrence, to the extent NCR's negligence caused the damage.

      11.7  For all claims not expressly addressed in sections 11.1 through 11.5
            (or if the remedies in those sections are held to have failed of
            their essential purpose or are otherwise held to be invalid or
            unenforceable), including but not limited to claims of
            misrepresentation (but not including fraudulent misrepresentation)
            arising out of or related in any manner to the performance of any
            obligations under a contract, NCR's cumulative liability (including
            refunds and the value of replacement products given to the Customer)
            will be limited to the Customer's direct damages not to exceed the
            amount the Customer paid NCR for the applicable Product(s) over any
            12 month period proceeding the claim..

      11.8  Under no circumstances are NCR, or its officers, directors,
            employees, affiliates, subcontractors, or suppliers liable, whether
            in an action in contract, tort, negligence, product liability,
            statute or otherwise (and even if advised of the possibility of loss
            or damages) for loss of profits or revenue (whether direct or
            indirect), nor liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or
            punitive damages.

      11.9  The Customer agrees that the Customer is in a better position than
            NCR to foresee and evaluate any potential damage or loss that the
            Customer may suffer in connection with any Contract,; and that the
            damages payable under this Agreement have been calculated on the
            basis that NCR shall exclude or


                                       9
<PAGE>   10

            limit liability as set out in this Agreement. The Customer warrant
            to NCR that the Customer will insure against, or bear itself, any
            loss for which NCR has excluded liability.

      11.10 Sections 11.6 and 11.7 will survive failure of an exclusive or
            limited remedy.

12 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

      12.1  Negotiation, Escalation and Mediation -- If any controversy or claim
            arises relating to this Agreement or any Contract, the Customer and
            NCR will attempt in good faith to negotiate a solution to their
            differences, including progressively escalating any controversy or
            claim through senior levels of management. If negotiation does not
            result in a resolution within 15 business days of when one party
            first notifies the other of the controversy or claim, the Customer
            and NCR will attempt to settle it by mediation in accordance with
            the Centre for Dispute Resolution (London) Model Mediation
            Procedure.

      12.2  Two Year Limitation -- Neither the Customer nor NCR may bring a
            claim or action regardless of form, arising out of or related to
            this Agreement, including any claim of fraud or misrepresentation,
            more than two years after the delivery of any Products at issue, or
            more than two years after cause of action accrues, whichever is
            later.

      12.2  Confidentiality - in order to facilitate the resolution of
            controversies or claims between the Customer and NCR, the Customer
            and NCR will keep them confidential, including details regarding
            negotiations, mediation, arbitration, and settlement terms.

      12.4  Substitute Products - The Customer's acceptance of refunds or
            substitute Products under this Agreement waives all claims relating
            to the nonperforming Products involved.

13 MISCELLANEOUS TERMS

      13.1  Effective Date; Non-Waiver; Assignment -- The cover page of this
            Agreement specifies the effective date. If the date is left blank,
            the date NCR signs this Agreement or first provides Products to the
            Customer is the effective date. Failure to enforce any term of this
            Agreement or a Contract is not a waiver of future enforcement of
            that or any other term. Neither the Customer nor NCR may assign this
            Agreement, a Contract, or its rights or obligations under them
            without the express written consent of the other, except NCR may
            assign this Agreement or a Contract to an affiliate and may use
            subcontractors or resellers to fulfil its obligations.

            13.2   Severability -- If any provision of this Agreement or a
                   Contract is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable,
                   the provision will be enforced to the maximum extent
                   permissible so as to effect the intent of the parties, and
                   the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the Contract
                   will remain in full force and effect.

            13.3   Termination -- This Agreement will remain in effect until the
                   Customer or NCR terminate it on 30 days advance written
                   notice. Termination of this Agreement will not terminate any
                   existing Contract. Either party may terminate an existing
                   Contract with immediate effect if the other party is in
                   material breach and, if the breach was capable of remedy, has
                   failed to remedy the breach within 30 days of receipt of
                   written notice giving details of the breach and requiring the
                   other party to remedy the breach.

            13.4   Insolvency and Bankruptcy -- On the occurrence of any of the
                   following, all Contracts will automatically terminate unless
                   the non-affected party elects to have any such contract
                   continue:

                   13.4.3   the admission by either party in writing of its
                            inability to pay its debts generally or the making
                            of a general assignment for the benefit of
                            creditors;

                   13.4.2   any affirmative act of insolvency by either party or
                            the filing by or against any party of any petition
                            or action under any bankruptcy, reorganisation,
                            insolvency arrangement, liquidation, dissolution or
                            moratorium law, or any other law or laws for the
                            relief of, or relating to, debtors, unless the
                            petition or action is withdrawn within 30 days; or

                   13.4.3   the subjection of a material part of either party's
                            property to any levy, seizure, assignment or sale
                            for or by any creditor, third party or governmental
                            agency.

                   13.4.4   the appointment of a receiver, administrative
                            receiver or liquidator over an asset of a party;

            13.5   Confidentiality; Customer References -- Except as required by
                   law, the Customer and NCR will keep the terms and conditions
                   of this Agreement and of Contracts, including pricing,
                   confidential; provided, however, that NCR may without the
                   Customer's consent disclose to third


                                       10
<PAGE>   11

                  parties that the Customer is a customer of NCR and Customer
                  may disclose to third parties that NCR is a supplier of
                  Customer, without revealing any specific terms of this
                  Agreement or any Contract.

            13.6   Notices -- All notices (including requests, consents or
                   waivers) made under this Agreement or any Contract will be in
                   writing and delivered by facsimile, electronic mail, or other
                   electronic means (in which case the recipient will provide
                   acknowledgment within one business day separately from any
                   machine-generated automatic reply); or by prepaid means
                   providing proof of delivery. Notices are effective upon
                   receipt. NCR will send notices to the Customer at the address
                   on the face of this Agreement, and the Customer will send
                   notices to NCR at its local district office or other
                   designated address, with an additional copy to Head of Legal,
                   NCR Ltd, 206 Marylebone Rd, London NW1 6LY. Either party may
                   change its address upon notice as required by this Section.

            13.7   Force Majeure - Except for the Customer's obligation to make
                   payments, neither party is liable for failing to fulfil its
                   obligations due to causes beyond its reasonable control
                   including, without limitation, acts of God, civil or military
                   authority, warriots, strikes, or fire. If NCR's performance
                   of a Contract is adversely affected by any such causes then
                   the Customer may terminate that Contract on 35 days notice
                   unless the failure to perform is remedied within the notice
                   period.

            13.8   Choice of Law - This Agreement is governed by the law of
                   England and Wales and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction
                   of the English courts.

            13.9   Governmental authorisations - The Customer nay not export
                   certain Products without appropriate approvals from time
                   United States and foreign governments.

            13.10  Entire Agreement - This Agreement contains the entire
                   agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to
                   its subject matter and supersedes and cancels all prior
                   agreements, statements, representations, warranties or
                   understandings, written or oral, with respect thereto. Each
                   of the parties acknowledges and agrees that in entering into
                   this Agreement it does not rely on, and shall have no remedy
                   in respect of, any statement, representation, warranty or
                   understanding made prior to this Agreement except to the
                   extent that such statement, representation, warranty or
                   understanding is incorporated in this Agreement. Each of the
                   parties hereby acknowledges that it has not been induced to
                   enter into this Agreement by reason of any representation
                   made by or on behalf of the other party or any party
                   connected with the other party. Nothing in this sub-clause
                   shall operate to limit or exclude any liability for fraud.

 CUSTOMER                                      NCR LIMITED


    /s/ F.N. Lyndon - Skegges                         /s/ A. Moss
- ------------------------------               -----------------------------------
 Signature                                     Signature

    F.N. LYNDON - SKEGGS                              A. Moss
- ------------------------------               -----------------------------------
 Printed Name                                  Printed Name

    Director                                          DIRECTOR
- ------------------------------               -----------------------------------
 Title                                         Title

    22nd Aug '99                                      26/8/99
- ------------------------------               -----------------------------------
 Date                                           Date

                                                              ------------------
                                                                   NCR Law/
                                                                Contract Mgmt.
                                                              ------------------
                                                              /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                              ------------------
                                                               Approved As To
                                                                 Legal Form
                                                              ------------------


                                       11
<PAGE>   12

                                                                          [LOGO]
                                                                            NCR

KIOSK SERVICES ADDENDUM

1.0 THIS ADDENDUM

1.1 Our Contract with respect to Kiosk Services the Customer acquire from NCR
consists of the -Master Agreement dated 26th August 1999 ("Master Agreement"),
this Kiosk Services Addendum, any Appendices attached to this Addendum, and a
Statement of Work. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, all Kiosk Services will
be governed by this Addendum.

1.2 If a conflict exists between the terms and conditions of any of the
documents referenced above, the order of precedence will be (a) any Statement of
Work, (b) Appendices to this Addendum; (c) this Kiosk Services Addendum; and (d)
the Master Agreement. Any pre-printed language on the Customer's or NCR's Order
Forms shall not apply.

2.0 TERM

2.1 The initial term of this Addendum ("Initial Term") will begin on the
Effective Date and will continue for a period of three years. Thereafter, this
Addendum will automatically renew for one year periods, until terminated by
either party by written notice to the other no less than 90 days prior to the
end of the Initial Term or renewal period, unless terminated according to
Section 10.0.

3.0 DEFINITIONS

3.1 As used in this Addendum, the following terms will have the following
meanings. Capitalised terms not defined in this Addendum will have the meanings
assigned in the Master Agreement.

      (b) "Customer Preventable Call" is a Service call which could have been
      avoided if the Customer had properly undertaken the Customer's obligations
      hereunder. Customer Preventable Calls include, but are not limited to,
      calls for First Line Maintenance to replenish supplies because the
      Customer neglected to do so during normal business hours.

      (c) "Good Operating Condition" means for:

            (i)   Kiosk hardware, conformance to the NCR Product Specification.

            (ii)  Kiosk software, material conformance to the NCR Product
                  Specification.

      Defects in material and workmanship in Kiosk hardware which are present on
      delivery to the Customer (or on delivery or handover to the Customer
      representative) shall be deemed to be failures to materially conform to
      the NCR Product Specification.

      (d) "Principal Period of Maintenance" ("PPM") is the time period (in hours
      per day and days per week) during which NCR will provide Services.


                                                  ------------------------------
                                                                            3/94
                                                  ------------------------------

<PAGE>   13

      (e) "Response Time" is the interval between the Customer's call to NCR and
      arrival of the NCR customer engineer at the Kiosk. Response Time intervals
      are measured during the PPM only. For example, if the PPM is 8:00 a.m.
      through 5:00 p.m. and NCR receives a request of service at 4:00 p.m. and
      responds at 9:00 a.m. the following day, the Response Time is 2 hours.

3.2 Reference to the conduct of a party includes the conduct of employees,
subcontractors or agents of that party. NCR may provide Services either directly
or through subcontractors.

4.0 SCOPE

4.1 NCR will provide and the Customer will purchase First and Second Line
Maintenance Services described herein. (Additional Services may be described in
Appendices to this Addendum.) The Services selected for various Kiosksare
specified in Appendix A, which may be updated from time to time by the agreement
of the parties to add additional Kiosks and/or Kiosk equipment, services, or
locations.

4.2 Second Line Maintenance consists of Remedial Maintenance, Replacement Parts,
Preventive Maintenance, and Engineering Changes, as described below, necessary
to keep the Kiosk in Good Operating Condition. Generally, NCR will attempt
problem diagnosis and resolution on a remote basis first.

      4.2.1 Remedial Maintenance - Remedial Maintenance consists of those
      functions required to repair a malfunctioning Kiosk and return it to Good
      Operating Condition. NCR's response to a service request will be
      consistent with the nature of the problem, and may include remote support
      in the form of on-line diagnosis and telephone assistance, and if
      necessary, on-site presence.

      4.2.2 Replacement Parts -- NCR will install parts on an exchange basis.
      Installed parts may be new or reconditioned used parts. Replacement parts
      become the Customer's property (if the Customer own the equipment).
      Replaced parts become the property of NCR. As used in this Addendum, the
      term "parts" does not include consumable items such as batteries, paper,
      printheads, and storage media, such parts will be a chargeable item.

      4.2.3 Preventive Maintenance - Preventive Maintenance consists of any
      functions performed on a proactive basis designed to keep the Kiosk in
      Good Operating Condition. Any applicable Preventive Maintenance will be
      performed as determined by NCR. Preventive Maintenance may include system
      monitoring as applicable, further specified in the Statement of Work
      section 4.4.

      4.2.4 Engineering Changes -- Engineering Changes include any safety
      changes to NCR Kiosks required of NCR by a governmental or regulatory
      entity. Safety changes will be made at no additional charge. Other
      engineering changes, e.g., changes intended to enhance or simplify the
      performance, reliability or serviceability of NCR equipment, that are
      generally adopted by NCR and provided to NCR's maintenance customers at no
      charge, if any, will also be made by NCR at no additional charge and will
      be installed at NCR's convenience.

      4.2.5 Intentionally deleted.


                                       2
<PAGE>   14

      4.2.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, new NCR Kiosks will receive the
      level of support specified by their warranty. If the Customer upgrades the
      warranty to receive a higher level of support, the warranty upgrade charge
      will commence on installation. At the expiration of the NCR warranty
      period, the NCR Kiosks will automatically be placed under this Addendum
      for the remainder of the term at the maintenance rates specified in the
      applicable Statement of Work, or if not specified, at NCR's standard
      maintenance rates then in effect. NCR does not assume the manufacturer's
      warranty obligations on non-NCR equipment.

      4.2.7 Before accepting Kiosks for maintenance, NCR may inspect, and if
      necessary repair, Kiosks which have not been subject to NCR warranty or
      maintenance for a period in excess of 90 days. Inspection and any
      necessary repairs will be at the Customer's expense at NCR's then-current
      time and materials service rates and policies.

      4.2.8 With respect to any Alteration or Attachment to Kiosks, NCR will
      determine in its discretion if it will provide maintenance for the Kiosk.
      NCR will not maintain Kiosks if an Alteration or Attachment creates a
      safety hazard or renders maintenance or repair impractical. For purposes
      of this Addendum, an "Alteration" is a change made to the physical,
      mechanical, or electrical arrangement of hardware, whether or not
      additional devices or parts are required, and an "Attachment" is a
      mechanical, electrical, or electronic interconnection to NCR hardware of
      non-NCR hardware marketed by others. If an Alteration, Attachment, use of
      supplies not meeting the Kiosk manufacturer's specificatons, use of
      unsupported software, use of software not furnished by NCR, or
      modifications to NCR-supported software not performed by NCR result in an
      increase in NCR's maintenance of Kiosks, such increased maintenance will
      be billed at an appropriate increased rate. Use of certain equipment above
      designated levels which NCR communicates to the Customer may require
      additional charges.

      4.2.9 Second Line Maintenance does not include clearing of paper, card,
      envelope and jams, the replenishment of media and supplies (paper,
      ribbons, ink cartridges, and printheads), or Administrative Maintenance
      including retrieval of mutilated paper from the divert cassette, retrieval
      of captured cards, or the general cleaning of Kiosk and the immediate
      surrounding area.

4.3 Services will be performed only during the PPM. If a service request
received by NCR within the PPM cannot be completed by the end of that day's PPM,
it will be continued during the next occurring hours of the PPM. Except as
otherwise agreed in writing, the PPM does not include New Year's Day, Christmas
Day, Boxing Day, and any public or bank holidays (collectively, "Holidays").

4.4 The following services are not covered by this Addendum and are billable to
the Customer on a "Per Call" basis:

      (a) Any service which, at the Customer's request, is provided outside the
      PPM, or which is beyond the scope of the service as described in this
      Addendum.

      (b) Intentionally deleted


                                       3
<PAGE>   15

      (c) Services relating to installation, deinstallation, and movement of
      Kiosks, to electrical work external to an Kiosk.

      (d) At NCR's discretion, services requested for equipment which is in Good
      Operating Condition.

      (e) Service resulting from the following causes: the Customer's or any
      third party's negligence, misuse, or abuse, including the failure to
      operate the Kiosk in accordance with NCR's power, environmental, and other
      specifications; movement of the Kiosk by anyone other than NCR; failure of
      equipment not maintained by NCR, improper use of or failure to use
      supplies; use of supplies not meeting the manufacturer's specifications;
      acts of third parties; fire originating outside of NCR-furnished
      equipment; water; acts of God; damage ordinarily covered by insurance.

      (f) Customer Preventable Calls.

Per Call services are billed upon performance at NCR's then-current time and
materials rates, and are subject to personnel and material availability. The
applicable Hourly service rates are subject to a surcharge if the service is
performed outside the PPM.

4.5 In the event service is required on Kiosks under circumstances which could
jeopardise the safety of NCR employees, NCR reserves the right, but is not
obligated to, reschedule service to other times, require a security escort at
the Customer's expense, or refuse service. Alternatively, NCR may recommend
changes the Customer can make to the Kiosk site, such as additional lighting,
designed to improve safety and enable NCR to service the Kiosk without
limitation. NCR agrees to use its best efforts to notify the Customer
immediately if any of the above circumstances apply.

6.0 THE CUSTOMER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

6.1 The Customer will not permit anyone other than NCR to perform Second Line
Maintenance on any Kiosk covered by this Addendum.

6.2 The Customer is responsible for initially determining that the Kiosk
requires service and will follow the service request procedures provided by NCR.

6.3 The Customer is responsible for preparing prior to the delivery of the
Kiosk, and maintaining thereafter, the site of the Kiosk in accordance with the
Kiosk manufacturer's specifications and NCR's site safety specifications (which
will be provided upon request) and for providing safe and adequate working
conditions for NCR's service personnel, including appropriate utility service
and, if required, local telephone extensions. Subject only to reasonable and
necessary security regulations, the Customer agrees to permit NCR access to all
Kiosk's to be maintained by NCR.

6.4 The Customer is responsible for:

      (a) Installation. testing, and operation of all software Updates.

      (b) Providing all necessary consumables for service of the Kiosk (paper,
      ribbons, etc.)


                                       4
<PAGE>   16

6.5 The Customer represent that the Customer have the authority of the owner of
any Kiosk not owned by the Customer to have it serviced by NCR.

6.6 The Customer are responsible for all products and services provided by
parties other than NCR and NCR's subcontractors, whether or not NCR recommended
them or assisted in their evaluation, selection, or supervision. The failure of
those products, services or their suppliers to meet the Customer's requirements
will not affect the Customer's obligations to NCR under this Addendum.

7.0 RATES

7.1 NCR may increase the prices set out in any SOW or Order to reflect increases
in its costs once every twelve months subject to 30 days written notice. The
price increase shall not exceed the annual rate set out for UK Wages/Earnings,
in the edition of The Economist magazine published for the month of the
anniversary date of this Agreement. Where no edition of The Economist magazine
is published for that month, or where the edition does not contain the UK
Wages/Earnings rate, the previous edition of The Economist shall be used, and so
on until a copy of The Economist containing the UK Wages/Earnings rate is
located.

7.2 Rates do not include any Federal, state, county, or local sales, use, or
other taxes however designated, whether levied on seller or buyer and whether
based on price, charge, product, service, use, or this Addendum. Any such taxes
and interest (if not due to NCR's delay) required to be paid by NCR will be
added to the invoices. Any taxes to be paid by the Customer but in fact paid by
NCR will be reimbursed to NCR upon request. In the event any taxes to be paid by
the Customer but levied on NCR are not paid until audit, NCR may then invoice
the Customer.

8.0 INVOICING AND PAYMENT

The Customer will pay NCR for services quarterly in advance, beginning on the
Effective Date of this Addendum, or for Kiosks not installed on the Effective
Date, on the date the Kiosk is installed and certified ready for use. NCR will
provide appropriate invoices 30 days prior to each payment due date. NCR will
invoice the Customer for Per Call services as those services are rendered.
Invoices for Per Call services are due and payable upon receipt. The Customer's
failure to pay any invoice when due will entitle NCR to late payment fees or
interest, or both, and to applicable collection costs (if any).

9.0 WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

9.1 NCR warrants that it will perform its obligations under this Addendum, and
for the stated term of this Addendum, in a professional and workmanlike manner.
NCR, at its expense, will promptly re-execute any Services that fail to conform
to the requirements of this Addendum. If NCR is unable reasonably to do so, the
fees the Customer paid for that portion of the Service will be refunded.

9.2 In the event NCR is required to perform maintenance services on a Kiosk as a
result of damage or inoperability caused by the Customer's negligence, failure
to comply with the terms of this Addendum, or failure to comply with agreed
operational procedures, NCR reserves the right to bill the Customer for such
services at its then-current time and materials rate.


                                       5
<PAGE>   17

6.5 The Customer represent that the Customer have the authority of the owner of
any Kiosk not owned by the Customer to have it serviced by NCR.

6.6 The Customer are responsible for all products and services provided by
parties other than NCR and NCR's subcontractors, whether or not NCR recommended
them or assisted in their evaluation, selection, or supervision. The failure of
those products, services or their suppliers to meet the Customer's requirements
will not affect the Customer's obligations to NCR under this Addendum.

7.0 RATES

7.1 NCR may increase the prices set out in any SOW or Order to reflect increases
in its costs once every twelve months subject to 30 days written notice. The
price increase shall not exceed the annual rate set out for UK Wages/Earnings,
in the edition of The Economist magazine published for the month of the
anniversary date of this Agreement. Where no edition of The Economist magazine
is published for that month, or where the edition does not contain the UK
Wages/Earnings rate, the previous edition of The Economist shall be used, and so
on until a copy of The Economist containing the UK Wages/Earnings rate is
located.

7.2 Rates do not include any Federal, state, county, or local sales, use, or
other taxes however designated, whether levied on seller or buyer and whether
based on price, charge, product, service, use, or this Addendum. Any such taxes
and interest (if not due to NCR's delay) required to be paid by NCR will be
added to the invoices. Any taxes to be paid by the Customer but in fact paid by
NCR will be reimbursed to NCR upon request. In the event any taxes to be paid by
the Customer but levied on NCR are not paid until audit, NCR may then invoice
the Customer.

8.0 INVOICING AND PAYMENT

The Customer will pay NCR for services quarterly in advance, beginning on the
Effective Date of this Addendum, or for Kiosks not installed on the Effective
Date, on the date the Kiosk is installed and certified ready for use. NCR will.
provide appropriate invoices 30 days prior to each payment due date. NCR will
invoice the Customer for Per Call services as those services are rendered.
Invoices for Per Call services are due and payable upon receipt. The Customer's
failure to pay any invoice when due will entitle NCR to late payment fees or
interest, or both, and to applicable collection costs (if any).

9.0 WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

9.1 NCR warrants that it will perform its obligations under this Addendum, and
for the stated term of this Addendum, in a professional and workmanlike manner.
NCR, at its expense, will promptly re-execute any Services that fail to conform
to the requirements of this Addendum. If NCR is unable reasonably to do so, the
fees the Customer paid for that portion of the Service will be refunded.

9.2 In the event NCR is required to perform maintenance services on a Kiosk as a
result of damage or inoperability caused by the Customer's negligence, failure
to comply with the terms of this Addendum, or failure to comply with agreed
operational procedures, NCR reserves the right to bill the Customer for such
services at its then-current time and materials rate.


                                       5
<PAGE>   18

10.0 TERMINATION

10.1 This Addendum may be terminated as set forth below:

      (a) By either party upon a material default by the other party in the
      performance of any of its obligations under this Addendum if it is not
      cured within 60 days after written notice by the non-defaulting party.

      (b) NCR may terminate in the event the Customer fail to pay after 10 days
      prior written notice by NCR of a payment being past due and if in that
      notice NCR indicates that this addendum is terminated if not paid. This
      right to terminate is in addition to NCR's rights under Section 8.0.

10.2 If NCR is not reasonably able to secure parts, documentation, training, or
support necessary to fully perform its obligations under this Addendum for a
particular class of non-NCR Kiosk, NCR may cancel this Addendum for that non-NCR
Kiosk on 90 days written notice.
1

This Kiosk Services Addendum between TownPages UK Ltd ("the Customer") and NCR
Limited ("NCR") is agreed to on 26th August, 1999 (the "Effective Date").


Signed:

The Customer                        NCR Limited


/s/ F.N. Lyndon - Skegges                         /s/ A. Moss
- ------------------------------              ------------------------------------

F.N. LYNDON -SKEGGES.                             A. Moss
- ------------------------------              ------------------------------------
Name Printed                                Name Printed

                                                              ------------------
                                                                  NCR Law/
                                                              Contracyt Mgmt.
                                                              ------------------
                                                              /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                              ------------------
                                                               Approved As To
                                                                 Legal Form
                                                              ------------------


                                       6
<PAGE>   19

                                                                      Appendix A
                             Kiosk SERVICES ADDENDUM
                             FIRST LINE MAINTENANCE

This Appendix describes the First Line Maintenance Services that NCR will
provide the Customer.

1.0   SCOPE OF SERVICES

1.1   First Line Maintenance Service includes the following: clearing of paper
      jams; the general cleaning of the kiosk exterior; and printer paper
      replenishment within the same visit as specified in the Statement of Work
      section 4.1.

1.2   First Line Maintenance Service rates do not include the cost of, and the
      Customer will furnish and distribute to the Kiosks, all media and supplies
      or, upon request (and with sufficient notice), NCR will furnish media and
      supplies at NCR's then-current prices.


                                       7
<PAGE>   20

NCR LIMITED

STATEMENT OF WORK-- KIOSK SERVICES

                                  TownPages Ltd
                            TownPages Kiosk Project

The following constitutes the Statement of Work between NCR Limited ("NCR") and
the Customer (TownPages) for contractual services provided to the Customer for
the Managed service and First / Second Level Maintenance of Ci20 Kiosks, and
supplements (a) the Master Agreement between the parties dated 26.8.99 ("Master
Agreement") and the Kiosk Services Addendum. Neither NCR, nor those acting on
its behalf, will be liable for any decisions made by the Customer or those
acting on the Customers behalf in the development of any systems, products, or
software solutions, unless NCR accepts such decision in writing.

1.0 PROJECT SCOPE

      This Statement of Work is for the support of the Ci2O Kiosk as described
      in section 4, Deliverables.

2.0 TERM

      Service delivery will be a three year term beginning on ________________,
      19__, ("Start Date") and completing on ___________, 20__, ("End Date").
      The Start Date and/or End Date may be delayed due to delays in executing
      this Statement of Work, availability of required hardware and software,
      availability of the Customers personnel, or changes to the Project Scope
      or functional specification. In addition to schedule changes, changes in
      the Project Scope or functional specification may result in additional
      charges.

3.0 NCR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

      NCR will perform the services as described in this Statement of Work.

4.0 SERVICE DELIVERABLES

4.1 First Line Maintenance includes:

      o     Cleaning of kiosk exterior on a once per month visit, per kiosk and
            included on the same visit, a physical check of printer paper and
            replace where necessary. Scheduling and management of this service
            will be co-ordinated by NCR.

      o     All paper to be supplied on an appropriate basis to NCR nominated
            sites by the Customer at the Customer's cost, subject to an agreed
            distribution and replacement process. The Customer shall also be
            responsible to ensure that appropriate levels of paper are stocked.

      o     Repair of printer faults resulting from paper jams, between
            0800-2000 Monday to Sunday (excluding UK Public and Bank holidays).
            Engineering response time on-site, being within eight hours from
            notification of equipment failure via the NCR Management Centre or
            by call placement to NCR by the Customer.


                                       1
<PAGE>   21

4.2   Second Level Maintenance encompasses attendance of NCR engineers to
      perform remedial maintenance activity (inclusive of associated parts and
      labour) to hardware failures, and will be performed on the following
      basis.

Hours of on-call engineering Hardware Maintenance cover is defined as:

         08:00 - 20:00 Monday to Friday
         08:00 - 20:00 Saturday
         08:00 - 20:00 Sunday
         (Excluding local Public and Bank Holidays)

Engineering response time on-site, being within eight hours from notification of
equipment failure via the NCR Management Centre or by call placement to NCR by
the Customer.

Repair time will be on a reasonable endeavours basis.

The above service level is based on 95% achievement of total calls placed. For
performance measurement purposes, this will be measured by NCR on a quarterly
basis.

4.3.  NCR will provide service management (including remote monitoring of the
      kiosks) of the First Level and Second Level maintenance activities via the
      NCR Managed Service Centre. The NCR Managed Service Centre operation will
      provide these services, between the hours; defined below:

         08:00 - 20:00 Monday to Friday
         08:00 - 20:00 Saturday
         08:00 - 20:00 Sunday
         (Excluding local Public and Bank Holidays)

      The management centre will provide a monthly Management Information report
      detailing kiosk availability. NCR will conduct quarterly service reviews
      with the Customer to review service performance.

      Due to implementation requirements for the managed service, NCR and the
      Customer will agree upon the resource and implementation at a later date.
      The two phased approach once agree by both parties may include: NCR
      delivering managed services in terms of First Line Maintenance by 1
      September 1999 and NCR delivering remote monitoring of the kiosk network
      via NCR's management centre by 1 October 1999.

4.4.  NCR plan to perform one preventative maintenance visit per kiosk per year
      in conjunction with and following a standard repair call. Any time
      undertaken for such activity will not be included in repair time and any
      subsequent performance measurement. If no repair call has been placed
      within each 12 month period for each Kiosk, then preventative maintenance
      will be at NCR's discretion.

4.5.  In the event that NCR discovers the Customers network infrastructure is
      configured in such a way that it requires NCR to incur addition cost, then
      NCR reserves the right to make an appropriate additional charge.

4.6.  Excludes support of those items deemed consumable by the Original
      Engineering Manufacturer.


                                       2
<PAGE>   22

4.2   Second Level Maintenance encompasses attendance of NCR engineers to
      perform remedial maintenance activity (inclusive of associated parts and
      labour) to hardware failures, and will be performed on the following
      basis.

      Hours of on-call engineering Hardware Maintenance cover is defined as:

      08:00 - 20:00 Monday to Friday
      08:00 - 20:00 Saturday
      08:00 - 20:00 Sunday
      (Excluding local Public and Bank Holidays)

      Engineering response time on-site, being within eight hours from
      notification of equipment failure via the NCR Management Centre or by call
      placement to NCR by the Customer.

      Repair time will be on a reasonable endeavours basis.

      The above service level is based on 95% achievement of total calls placed.
      For performance measurement purposes, this will be measured by NCR on a
      quarterly basis.

4.3.  NCR will provide service management (including remote monitoring of the
      kiosks) of the First Level and Second Level maintenance activities via the
      NCR Managed Service Centre. The NCR Managed Service Centre operation will
      provide these services, between the hours defined below:

      08:00 - 20:00 Monday to Friday
      08:00 - 20:00 Saturday
      08:00 - 20:00 Sunday
      (Excluding local Public and Bank Holidays)

      The management centre will provide a monthly Management Information report
      detailing kiosk availability. NCR will conduct quarterly service reviews
      with the Customer to review service performance.

      Due to implementation requirements for the managed service, NCR and the
      Customer will agree upon the resource and implementation at a later date.
      The two phased approach once agree by both parties may include: NCR
      delivering managed services in terms of First Line Maintenance by 1
      September 1999 and NCR delivering remote monitoring of the kiosk network
      via NCR's management centre by I October 1999.

4.4.  NCR plan to perform one preventative maintenance visit per kiosk per year
      in conjunction with and following a standard repair call. Any time
      undertaken for such activity will not be included in repair time and any
      subsequent performance measurement. If no repair call has been placed
      within each 12 month period for each Kiosk, then preventative maintenance
      will be at NCR's discretion.

4.5.  In the event that NCR discovers the Customers network infrastructure is
      configured in such a way that it requires NCR to incur addition cost, then
      NCR reserves the right to make an appropriate additional charge.

4.6.  Excludes support of those items deemed consumable by the Original
      Engineering Manufacturer.


                                       2
<PAGE>   23

4.7.  Excludes support of those calls which are outside of those specified in
      the Kiosk Services Addendum and associated Statement of Work and hence
      chargeable at the then applicable NCR Time and Materials rates. The
      exception to this being the remedial repair of occurrences of paperjams
      within the kiosk printer mechanism, the repair of such occurrences being
      managed by NCR and at NCR's cost, as stated in point 2 above.

4.8.  Assumes all locations are mainland U.K.

4.9.  The provision of service within this agreement does not include support
      of software.

5.0 PAYMENT SCHEDULE

      All prices within this schedule are exclusive of VAT.

5.1   Combined First and Second Level Maintenance plus Managed Service, as
      defined in section 4, per NCR Ci20 Kiosk is (pound)1,023.00 per annum.

 .1    Invoicing for service delivery will be quarterly in advance, on a pro-rata
      basis from installation.

 .1    Services charges are subject to annual review. NCR will inform the
      Customer of the annual review % to be applied, one month prior to the
      anniversary of each year of the contract. The annual review % notified
      will then be applied at the 12-month anniversary of each year of the
      contract.

6.0 CHANGE CONTROL PROCESS

6.1   The Change Control Process governs changes to the project scope during the
      life of the project. The purpose of this process is to standardise and
      optimise the evaluation, testing, and installation of new features and
      functionality during the project. The process will apply to new components
      and to enhancements of existing components. The Change Control Process
      will commence at the start of the project and will continue throughout the
      project's duration. Additional procedures and responsibilities may be
      outlined by the Project Manager, mutually accepted by both the NCR and the
      Customers Project Manager, and included in the baseline project plan.

6.2   The Customer and NCR will each nominate a Project Manager for the purposes
      of charge control.

6.3   A Change Request substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 will be the
      vehicle for communicating any desired changes to the project. It will
      describe the change, the reason for the change, and the effect the change
      may have on the project. The Project Manager of the requesting party will
      submit a written Change Request to the Project Manager for the other
      party. The other party will formulate an initial response substantially in
      the form of Exhibit B-2.

6.4   Both NCR and the Customer will review the proposed Change Request and
      approve it for further study or reject it. The costs for the study, if
      any, will be agreed upon by both NCR and the Customer. If the study is
      agreed to, both NCR and the Customer will sign the Change Request as
      defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. This approves only the study and


                                       3
<PAGE>   24

      its related costs. The results of the study will be used to determine the
      effect that the implementation of the Change Request will have on the cost
      and schedule of the project.

6.5   Both NCR and the Customer must sign the approval portion of the Change
      Request to authorise the implementation of any change that affects the
      Project's scope, schedule, or price.

7.0 INITIAL START UP RECOVERY CHARGE

 .1    Initial start up costs are included within the Discount Adjustment charges
      defined in the Hardware Order between NCR and Townpages date 26th August
      1999.

8.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

8.1   This Statement of Work, together with its exhibits, the Addendum, and the
      Master Agreement, states all of the rights and responsibilities of, and
      supersedes all prior oral and written communications, between NCR and the
      Customer regarding this project.

8.2   In the event of any conflict, the order of precedence shall be (a)
      exhibits to this Statement of Work; (b) this Statement of Work; (c) the
      Kiosk Services Addendum, and (d) the Master Agreement.

Agreed and Accepted:

The Customer                            NCR Limited

By: /s/ J. R. Lyndon-Skeggs             By: /s/ A. Moss
   --------------------------------        -------------------------------------
Printed: J.R. Lyndon-Skeggs             Printed: A. Moss
        ---------------------------             --------------------------------
Title: Director                         Title: Director
      -----------------------------           ----------------------------------
Date: 22nd Aug '99                      Date: 26/8/99
     ------------------------------          -----------------------------------


                                                                 [SEAL]

                                                                 NCR Law/
                                                              Contract Mgmt.
                                                                [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                              Approved As To
                                                                Legal Form


                                       4
<PAGE>   25

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                         PROJECT UPDATE /COMMUNICATIONS

NCR and the Customer acknowledge that regular communication among and between
the Parties is essential to the Project's successful completion. The Parties
agree that, in addition to normal, day-to-day communication, Project Updates
will be held:

      monthly, every (first Tuesday in the month)

at:   10:30

via:  on-site meeting held at TownPages Ltd, 11 Market Square, Alton, Hampshire.

      GU34 1HD or teleconference, which will be initiated by NCR.

Expected duration is 2 hours. Both NCR's and the Customers Project Managers will
determine who will participate in regular project updates.

The NCR Project Manager will issue minutes of the Project Updates. The minutes
will include: attendee list, status of previously opened items, list of new
items including person(s) responsible for resolution, and summary of the
project's overall status. Other items will be added as appropriate.

Other meetings, correspondence, etc., will occur as necessary. The regular
Project Update is not intended to eliminate or replace any other forms of
communication between the Parties.


                                        5
<PAGE>   26

                                                                     EXHIBIT B-1

                               CHANGE REQUEST FORM
                             TownPages Kiosk Project

Requestor Name: __________________________________________________

Requestor Company Name: __________________________________________

Date Requested: __________________________________________________

Response Requested By: ___________________________________________

Change Requested:

The request should insert a detailed description of the change requested, the
area of the project plan/schedule being modified, and the benefits of making
the change.

Estimated Schedule Impact:

The requestor should provide an estimate of how the requested change will impact
the project schedule.

Estimated Cost Impact:

The requestor should provide an estimate of how the requested change(s) will
impact project costs.

Change Request Received:

By:______________________________________________________________

Company:_________________________________________________________

Date:____________________________________________________________

Change Request No.:______________________________________________


                                        6
<PAGE>   27

                                                                     EXHIBIT B-2

                                 CHANGE REQUEST
                            EVALUATION RESPONSE FORM

Change Request No.: ____________________________________________

Requestor Name: ________________________________________________

Review Date: ___________________________________________________

Request No. ________ has been:     _______ accepted without changes
                                   _______ accepted with modifications (see
                                           below)
                                   _______ redirected for further study
                                           (schedule and cost to be mutually
                                           agreed)
                                   _______ rejected

Modifications to Change Request:

Insert any changes that are made to this original Charge Request. identify, in
detail, the changes to the scope of work, schedule and costs.

Schedule Revision:

Insert new dates (or attach revised project plan/schedule) which show the impact
of the Charge Request, if any.

Cost Revision:

Additional Cost: (pound)________________________________________

Party Responsible for Cost: ____________________________________

Payment Due Date: ______________________________________________

Acceptance Criteria/Deliverables:_______________________________

Agreed and Signed:

The Customer                            NCR Limited

By:________________________________     By:_____________________________________
   The Customer Project Manager            NCR Project Manager

Date:______________________________     Date:___________________________________


                                        7
<PAGE>   28

NCR LIMITED

                                 HARDWARE ORDER

                                  TownPages Ltd
                             TownPages Kiosk Project

The following constitutes the Hardware Order between NCR Limited ("NCR") and the
Customer (TownPages) for the Supply of Ci2O Kiosks, and supplements the Master
Agreement between the parties dated 26.8.99 ("Master Agreement"). Neither NCR,
nor those acting on its behalf, will be liable for any decisions made by the
Customer or those acting on the Customers behalf in the development of any
systems, products, or software solutions, unless NCR accepts such decision in
writing.

1.0 PURCHASE OF HARDWARE

The Customer purchases from NCR 3,500 Kiosks at the price set out below per
Kiosk (total price (pound)20,202,000). Subject to the cancellation provisions
set out below, the Kiosks will be supplied by NCR and taken by the Customer in
accordance with the dates set out below.

Any additional options will be charged as set out below. Payment for the Kiosks
and any option will be in accordance with the Master Agreement.

Kiosks will be [delivered] to the Customer at [Location] in accordance with the
call-off procedure set out in the Call Off Procedure, below.

"Kiosk" means NCR's Ci2O Kiosk as set out below.

The Customer acknowledges that per Kiosk price set out below is based on the
Customer's order of 3,500 Kiosks, and that the Discount Adjustment set out below
reflects a reduced unit price for reduced quantities actually purchased. List
price of the base unit is (pound)11,360.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     TownPages Ci2O Kiosk Description                    Supply Price Excel. VAT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ci2O Kiosk with standard panels (5920-2000-xxxx)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2Gb EIDE hard drive
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3,5" 1,4Mb Flex drive
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24 x speed CD-ROM
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stability foot (5920-F005-)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15" active display touchscreen (5920-F032-)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pentium 200MHZ processor (5920-F022-)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
64MB memory (5920-F076-)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 Col thermal self service printer (5920-F563-)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Platform NT (5920-F258-)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (pound)5,772
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        1
<PAGE>   29

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Options                                  Add(pound)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rugged Keyboard (5920-F720-)                                      290
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIP 123 with Smart (5920-F297-)                                   300
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 Col thermal self service printer (5920-F209-)                  437
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-load Windows NT (5920-F258-)                                  180
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital ISDN modem (5920-F053)                                    461
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Prices identified for the above list of components only shall not be increased
by NCR for the duration of the Contract, unless NCR receive price increases from
any third party suppliers. In such an event the Customers price may be increased
appropriately.

2.0 CALL OFF PROCEDURE

      The Customer will call as many units as required at any one time.

      Any options must be specified separately on each call off order and will
      be invoiced in addition to the units ordered.

      A separate order will be placed by the Customer for each batch, quoting on
      the order "subject to agreement between Customer and NCR dated xx/xx/xx"
      and specifying delivery information.

      Delivery times will be notified by NCR in writing at the time of each call
      off order placed by the Customer. NCR will use all reasonable efforts to
      deliver to the Customer within the time frames provided in the Customers
      delivery schedule.

3.0 PAYMENT SCHEDULE

      All prices are exclusive of VAT and delivery.

      In order to achieve discount the Customer will need to order the total
      number of Kiosks in each Period in accordance with the table below.

      Call off will be as required, but in order to achieve discount the
      Customer will by the end of each Period need to have called off the total
      number of Kiosks set out for each Period by the Final Delivery Date set
      out below.

- -------------------------------------------------------------
Period      Total Units         Final               Total
               To Be     Delivery/installation      Order
            Ordered in          Date             Value (pound)
              Period
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Initial        250         Up to 30/09/99         1,443,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------
    1          250        1/10/99-31/12/99        1,443,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------
    2         1,000        1/1/00-31/08/00        5,772,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------
    3         2,000        1/9/00-31/08/01       11,544,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------
Total         3,500              31/08/01        20,202,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------


                                        2
<PAGE>   30

      Unless otherwise agreed in writing, NCR will invoice the Customer upon
      delivery of each Kiosk to the Customer. The Customer will pay all invoices
      in accordance with the Master Agreement.

4.0 REDUCED ORDERS

4.1   At the end of each Period, the amount of Kiosks actually ordered for
      delivery in that Period ("Actually Delivery") will be compared to the
      Total Units To be ordered Period. If the Actual Delivery is less than the
      Total Units To be ordered in the Period, then the Customer shall pay to
      NCR a sum reflecting the loss of earned discount (the "Discount
      Adjustment") in accordance with the calculation below. The Discount
      Adjustment will become due on the day immediately following the final
      delivery date as defined in section 3.0.

      Formula for Cancellation charges and Discount Adjustment:

       Discount Adjustment (up to 1500 units) =
       x*((pound)2873-((pound)2873*(x/1500))) where x is the total number of
       units delivered.

      Discount Adjustment (beyond 1500 units) = see section 4.2.

      In the event that the Customer fails to order the Total Units to be
      ordered for each Period by the Final Dates provided in clause 3.0, the
      Discount Adjustment detailed above shall be applied. However if at a later
      date the Customer reaches the Total Units before the next Period end then
      NCR shall issue the Customer with a credit note for that Discount
      Adjustment off-set against orders in the current Period.

4.2   If the Customer, within the period starting on the date of this Agreement
      and last call off of Kiosk from NCR (the "Exclusion Period"), purchases,
      rents, leases or otherwise obtains ("Purchases") a kiosk (or similar
      product) from a supplier other than NCR, then the Customer shall pay a
      Discount Adjustment as calculated by the Formula in 4.1 or (pound)500 x
      the no of Kiosks delivered, up to a maximum of (pound)500 x 1500,
      whichever charge is the greater.

4.3   Cancellation is only possible once 250 units have been delivered and
      payment received.

4.4   Cancellation charges after 250 units will be calculated using the Formula
      in 4.1.

4.5   The Customer shall pay the Discount Adjustment or Cancellation charge
      within 30 days of receipt of the invoice which will be issued on the first
      business day following the final delivery date as stated in the table
      above.


                                       3
<PAGE>   31

5 WORKING TOGETHER

5.1   NCR are looking forward to working with the Customer as a preferred
      channel partner for the Kiosk based community information within the UK
      public domain. We consider the Customer as our lead partner in kiosk
      solutions and propose to engage the Customer where possible.

5.1.1 NCR will state to customers for kiosk-based community information that the
      Customer is its UK preferred channel partner for kiosk based community
      information within the public domain. In the event that any customer
      prefers not to work with the Customer, then NCR reserves the right to
      work directly with that customer or through another channel partner. In
      addition, NCR will consider limiting sales of the Ci2O to specific
      Customer competitors for a specific period of time. The Customer must
      submit to NCR the specific names of the Customer competitors and NCR will
      consider this situation on a case by case basis and may enter into such an
      agreement at our sole discretion. The Ci2O is a generally available
      product that was not specifically designed for the Customer, and as a
      result can be sold to any customer unless specifically agreed to by NCR.
      If NCR agrees to limit sales to certain companies it will be for a
      specific period of time to be determined by NCR.

5.1.2 Where NCR is selected by councils or other authorities within the public
      domain to supply kiosks for their internal use, the Customer will be
      included as a supplier where reasonably possible but will not be given
      exclusivity.

5.1.3 NCR plans to work with the Customer to explore additional opportunities
      for co-operation.

6.0 CHANGE CONTROL PROCESS

      The Change Control Process will commence at the start of the project and
      will continue throughout the project's duration. Additional procedures and
      responsibilities may be outlined by the Project Manager, mutually accepted
      by both the NCR and the Customers Project Manager, and included in the
      baseline project plan.

      The Customer and NCR will each nominate a Project Manager for the purposes
      of change control.

      A Change Request substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 will be the
      vehicle for communicating any desired changes to the project. It will
      describe the change, the reason for the change, and the effect the change
      may have on the project. The Project Manager of the requesting party will
      submit a written Change Request to the Project Manager for the other
      party. The other party will formulate an initial response substantially in
      the form of Exhibit B-2.

      Both NCR and the Customer will review the proposed Change Request and
      approve it for further study or reject it. The costs for the study, if
      any, will be agreed upon by both NCR and the Customer. If the study is
      agreed to, both NCR and the Customer will sign the Change Request as
      defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. This approves only the study and its
      related costs. The results of the study will be used to determine the
      effect that the implementation of the Change Request will have on the cost
      and schedule of the project.


                                       4
<PAGE>   32

      Both NCR and the Customer must sign the approval portion of the Change
      Request to authorise the implementation of any change that affects the
      Project's scope, schedule, or price.

7.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

7.1   This Statement of Work, together with its exhibits, the Addendum, and the
      Master Agreement, states all of the rights and responsibilities of, and
      supersedes all prior oral and written communications, between NCR and the
      Customer regarding this project.

7.1   In the event of any conflict, the order of precedence shall be (a)
      exhibits to this Statement of Work; (b) this Statement of Work; (c) the
      Addendum, and (d) the Master Agreement.

Agreed and Accepted:

The Customer                            NCR Limited

By: /s/ J. R. Lyndon-Skeggs             By: /s/ A. Moss
   --------------------------------        -------------------------------------
Printed: J.R. Lyndon-Skeggs             Printed: A. Moss
        ---------------------------             --------------------------------
Title: Director                         Title: Director
      -----------------------------           ----------------------------------
Date: 22nd Aug '99                      Date: 26/8/99
     ------------------------------          -----------------------------------


                                                                 [SEAL]

                                                                 NCR Law/
                                                              Contract Mgmt.
                                                                [ILLEGIBLE]
                                                              Approved As To
                                                                Legal Form

                                        5
<PAGE>   33

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                          PROJECT UPDATE/COMMUNICATIONS

NCR and the Customer acknowledge that regular communication among and between
the Parties is essential to the Project's successful completion. The Parties
agree that, in addition to normal, day-to-day communication, Project Updates
will be held:

      monthly, every (first Tuesday in the month)

at:   10:30

via:  on-site meeting held at TownPages Ltd, 11 Market Square, Alton, Hampshire.
      GU34 1HD or teleconference, which will be initiated by NCR.

Expected duration is 2 hours. Both NCR's and the Customers Project Managers will
determine who will participate in regular project updates.

The NCR Project Manager will issue minutes of the Project Updates. The minutes
will include: attendee list, status of previously opened items, list of new
items including person(s) responsible for resolution, and summary of the
project's overall status. Other items will be added as appropriate.

Other meetings, correspondence, etc., will occur as necessary. The regular
Project Update is not intended to eliminate or replace any other forms of
communication between the Parties.


                                        6
<PAGE>   34

                                                                     EXHIBIT B-1

                               CHANGE REQUEST FORM
                             TownPages Kiosk Project

Requestor Name: ___________________________________________

Requestor Company Name: ___________________________________

Date Requested: ___________________________________________

Response Requested By: ____________________________________

Change Requested:

The request should insert a detailed description of the change requested, the
area of the project plan/schedule being modified, and the benefits of making
the change.

Estimated Schedule Impact:

The requestor should provide an estimate of how the requested change will impact
the project schedule.

Estimated Cost Impact:

The requestor should provide an estimate of how the requested change(s) will
impact project costs.

Change Request Received:

By: ____________________________________________________

Company: _______________________________________________

Date: __________________________________________________

Change Request No.: ____________________________________


                                        7
<PAGE>   35

                                                                     EXHIBIT B-2

                                 CHANGE REQUEST
                            EVALUATION RESPONSE FORM

Change Request No.: ____________________________________

Requestor Name: ________________________________________

Review Date: ___________________________________________

Request No. ________ has been:    ________ accepted without changes
                                  ________ accepted with modifications (see
                                           below)
                                  ________ redirected for further study
                                           (schedule and cost to be mutually
                                           agreed)
                                  ________ rejected

Modifications to Change Request:

Insert any changes that are made to the original Charge Request. Identify, in
detail, the changes to the scope of work, schedule and costs.

Schedule Revision:

Insert new dates (or attach revised project plan/schedule) which show the impact
of the Change Request, if any.

Cost Revision:

Additional Cost:(pound)_________________________________

Party Responsible for Cost: ____________________________

Payment Due Date: ______________________________________

Acceptance Criteria/Deliverables:_______________________

________________________________________________________
Agreed and Signed:

The Customer                            NCR Limited

By:________________________________     By:_____________________________________
   The Customer Project Manager            NCR Project Manager

Date:______________________________     Date:___________________________________


                                        8

<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 10.2



                     VARIATIONS TO THE SERVICE AGREEMENT OF

                          ANDREW NEVILLE LYNDON-SKEGGS

                              OF 1st JANUARY 1999


In recognition of the changed circumstances at the Company and the new role
envisaged for Andrew Lyndon-Skeggs (ANL-S) it is noted that the following
changes have been implemented with immediate effect:-

1.     Title / Position - instead of "Managing Director" as per clause 3.1
       ANL-S will have the title of "President".

2.     Job Description -

       (i)    Ambassadorial role representing the company at presentations to
              investors and other key parties, in the UK, America, Europe and
              elsewhere

       (ii)   Development of overall policy and strategy, together with other
              executive directors, including the Town Pages "vision" and
              evolution of the website

       (iii)  Third party liaison and negotiation, on behalf of the Board,
              including:

              (a)    Potential acquisitions

              (b)    Establishment of key relationships including, for example,
                     top level liaison with the media, operators of digital TV
                     and mobile phones, national kiosk partners, major channel
                     partners etc.

              (c)    Liaison with our counterparts in the public sector and
                     business, in Europe and beyond, to pave the path, at the
                     appropriate stage, for Town Pages to expand beyond the UK.

              (d)    Chairing the intermediate meetings of the executive
                     directors between the quarterly meetings of the full Board.

3.     In consideration of ANL-S accepting these proposed changes, ANL-S will
       have a period of 12 months from the date of the implementation of the
       changes to assess whether the new position and role is viable. In the
       event of his deciding that it is not viable after that 12 month period,
       he may elect to be made redundant and/or take early retirement with the
       following consequences:-

       (a)    The Company agrees that ANL-S would, in those circumstances, be
              entitled to exercise all of his 70,000 share options as provided
              for in the IPO Prospectus (pages 51 and 52) as an employee leaving
              by reason of redundancy and/or retirement, at a time to be agreed
              with the Board of Town Pages, such agreement not to be
              unreasonably withheld.

       (b)    ANL-S would be entitled to liquidated damages without any
              reduction for potential mitigation of a sum equivalent to his
              salary, bonus, pension contributions and the value of his
              contractual benefits for 12 months.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 21.1

                        Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Town Pages UK Limited
Summerfields Publishing Limited
The Platinum Club Limited
Feature Boards Limited
WWW.CO.UK Limited
Morbria Limited
The Graphic Palette Company (Manchester) Limited
Review Marketing and Advertising Limited
Centrix Communications Limited
Buyersguide Limited
Research Sales, Inc.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<CURRENCY> POUND STERLING

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                  1.615
<CASH>                                         647,035
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               11,428,907
<ALLOWANCES>                                   530,565
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            13,684,218
<PP&E>                                       3,510,866
<DEPRECIATION>                               1,105,333
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              28,860,947
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        9,010,243
<BONDS>                                              0
                          850,000
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        95,840
<OTHER-SE>                                  21,183,537
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                28,860,947
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             7,247,846
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                4,649,317
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             4,759,378
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              76,048
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            (1,948,965)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   108,669
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        (2,059,634)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                               (2,059,634)
<EPS-BASIC>                                     (0.29)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.29)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission